BDx CGK3 Brown &een Field, Jakarta
Technica
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
July 2024
Prepared by:
PT MEINHARDT INDONESIA
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Copyright
© PT. Meinhardt Indonesia
This document is subject to copyright. Use or copying of this
document in whole or part without the written permission of PT.
Meinhardt Indonesia constitutes an infringement of copyright.
Disclaimer
Information in this document is current as of the date of this report.
While reasonable skill and care has been taken in preparing the
document, PT. Meinhardt Indonesia accepts no liability for loss or
damages incurred as a result of reliance placed upon its content.
The mention of any company, product or process in this report does
not constitute or imply endorsement by PT. Meinhardt Indonesia.
Prepared by
Purpose
Documents
Rev.
00
Approved by
Disc.
Name
Spec
Verified by
PL&FF
JK
Sign
Date
Name
30.06.24
IEB
Sign
Date
Name
30.06.24
SD
Sign
Date
30.06.24
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection ( Joko )
R1.doc
July 2024
Page i
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
TABLE OF CONTENT
1.0
PROJECT DETAILS ..................................................................................................... 1
2.0
CODES AND STANDARDS ......................................................................................... 1
2.1
2.2
3.0
SUMMARY .................................................................................................................... 3
3.1
4.0
GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 3
3.1.1 SCOPE OF PLUMBING, SANITARY, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
AND FIRE PROTECTION WORK.............................................................................. 3
3.1.2 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INTERFACES WORK ............................................. 7
3.1.3 PLUMBING AND SANITARY CONTRACTOR INTERFACES WORK .......... 8
3.1.4 ALL CONTRACTORS GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES ............................... 9
3.1.5 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................... 12
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................... 13
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
5.0
PLUMBING ............................................................................................................... 1
FIRE PROTECTION ................................................................................................. 2
DEFINITIONS ......................................................................................................... 13
QUALITY ASSURANCE ......................................................................................... 13
QUALITY CONTROL .............................................................................................. 14
EXECUTION ........................................................................................................... 16
4.4.1 TESTING AND INSPECTION LOG ............................................................. 16
4.4.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION ...................................................................... 16
CONTRACT EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 18
5.1 SITE MEASURES................................................................................................... 18
5.2 EXAMINATION ....................................................................................................... 19
5.3 PREPARATION ...................................................................................................... 19
5.4 SETTING OUT ........................................................................................................ 20
5.5 INSTALLATION ...................................................................................................... 20
5.6 PLUMBING, SANITARY, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND FIRE
SERVICES COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... 22
5.6.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................... 22
5.6.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................................................................ 22
5.6.3 SUMMARY ................................................................................................... 22
5.6.4 DEFINITIONS .............................................................................................. 22
5.6.5 CONTRACTOR / CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES ............................. 23
5.6.6 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION ...................................................... 25
5.6.7 SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................. 27
5.7 EXECUTION ........................................................................................................... 28
5.7.1 TESTING PREPARATION .......................................................................... 28
5.7.2 TESTING REQUIREMENT .......................................................................... 29
6.0
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING ......................................................................... 33
6.1
General ................................................................................................................... 33
6.1.1 SUMMARY ................................................................................................... 33
6.1.2 SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................. 33
6.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE .............................................................................. 34
6.1.4 COORDINATION ......................................................................................... 34
6.2 PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................ 34
6.2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM ......................................................................... 34
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection ( Joko )
R1.doc
July 2024
Page ii
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
6.3
EXECUTION ........................................................................................................... 35
6.3.1 PREPARATION ........................................................................................... 35
6.3.2 INSTRUCTION ............................................................................................ 35
7.0
PIPEWORK, VALVES AND FITTINGS – PLUMBING, SANITARY, FIRE
SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND FIRE PROTECTION SERVICES.................................................... 36
7.1
7.2
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 36
OPERATING AND TEST PRESSURES ................................................................ 37
7.2.1 WATER SYSTEM ........................................................................................ 37
7.2.2 TESTING OF FUEL OIL AND HIGH TEMPERATURE OIL SYSTEMS ...... 38
7.2.3 TESTING OF OPEN VENTS AND DRAINS ................................................ 38
7.3 PIPE MATERIALS .................................................................................................. 38
7.4 PIPEWORK TYPES................................................................................................ 39
7.5 PIPE JOINTS .......................................................................................................... 40
7.5.1 WELDING OF PIPE WORK ......................................................................... 41
7.5.2 FLANGED JOINT......................................................................................... 42
7.5.3 PIPE FITTING .............................................................................................. 43
7.5.4 PIPE SUPPORT .......................................................................................... 43
7.5.5 PIPE ANCHORS, THRUST BLOCKS AND EXPANSION........................... 45
7.5.6 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS ............................................................................ 46
7.5.7 GUIDES ....................................................................................................... 46
7.5.8 PIPE SLEEVES ........................................................................................... 46
7.5.9 INSTALLATION STANDARD ...................................................................... 46
7.5.10 PIPE PRESSURE TESTING ..................................................................... 47
7.5.11 VALVES ..................................................................................................... 48
7.5.12 ISOLATING (GATE) VALVE ...................................................................... 49
7.5.13 CHECK VALVES ....................................................................................... 49
7.5.14 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES .................................................................. 50
7.5.15 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (PRV) and PRESSURE
RESTRICTING VALVE (PRAV) ............................................................................... 50
7.5.16 Water Hammer Eliminator ......................................................................... 52
7.5.17 Water Hammer Arrester ............................................................................. 52
7.5.18 BUTTERFLY VALVES ............................................................................... 52
7.5.19 GLOBE VALVES ....................................................................................... 53
7.5.20 BALL / FLOAT VALVES ............................................................................ 53
7.5.21 AUTOMATIC AIR RELIEF VALVES .......................................................... 53
7.5.22 SOLENOID VALVES/MOTORIZED VALVES ........................................... 54
7.5.23 STRAINERS .............................................................................................. 54
7.5.24 PRESSURE SWITCHES ........................................................................... 54
7.5.26 DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES............................................................. 55
7.5.27 PIPE ANTI VIBRATION CONNECTORS .................................................. 56
7.5.28 EXPANSION JOINTS ................................................................................ 56
7.5.29 GASKETS .................................................................................................. 57
7.5.30 FLOW SWITCHES .................................................................................... 57
7.5.31 WATER LEVEL CONTROLLERS.............................................................. 57
7.5.32 THERMOMETERS .................................................................................... 57
7.5.33 UNDERGROUND PIPE PROTECTION .................................................... 58
7.5.34 CAST IRON PIPE. ..................................................................................... 58
8.0
PIPEWORK INSULATION ......................................................................................... 61
8.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 61
8.1.1 METHOD OF ATTACHMENT / JOINT ........................................................ 61
8.1.2 METAL SHEATING...................................................................................... 62
8.1.3 VAPOUR BARRIER ..................................................................................... 62
8.1.4 INSULATION MATERIALS .......................................................................... 63
8.1.5 SCHEDULE OF INSULATION FOR PIPED SERVICES ............................. 63
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection ( Joko )
R1.doc
July 2024
Page iii
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
9.0
SANITARY SYSTEM - PLUMBING SERVICES ........................................................ 64
9.1
9.2
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 64
SANITARY DRAINAGE INSTALLATION ............................................................... 64
9.2.1 PIPE SUPPORTS ........................................................................................ 64
9.2.2 VENT PIPES AND STACKS ........................................................................ 64
9.2.3 TERMINATION OF DISCHARGE AND VENT STACK ............................... 65
9.2.4 CLEANING EYES AND INSPECTION OPENINGS .................................... 65
9.2.5 TRAPS ......................................................................................................... 65
9.2.6 PIPE GRADIENTS ....................................................................................... 65
9.3 WATER PUMPS ..................................................................................................... 66
9.3.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................... 66
9.3.2 AUTOMATIC PRESSURE BOOSTER PUMP SETS .................................. 67
9.3.3 SUMP PUMPS/SANITARY PUMPS/STORAGE WATER PUMPS/
MOVEABLE SUMP PUMPS .................................................................................... 67
9.3.4 VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE PUMPS ............................................................ 69
9.3.5 HORIZONTAL MULTI-STAGE PUMPS....................................................... 69
9.3.6 CONTROL OF DUTY / STANDBY PUMPS ................................................ 69
9.4 WATER STORAGE TANKS ................................................................................... 70
9.4.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................... 70
9.4.2 DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................ 70
9.4.3 WATER LEVEL CONTROL SWITCHES ..................................................... 70
9.5 WATER TREATMENT PLANT INSTALLATION .................................................... 71
9.5.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................... 71
9.5.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS ........................................................................... 72
9.6 WATER SUPPLY.................................................................................................... 72
9.6.1 WATER SOURCE........................................................................................ 72
9.6.2 QUALITY OF WATER INCOMING WATER SUPPLY................................. 72
9.7 TREATED WATER ................................................................................................. 72
9.7.1 TREATED WATER PRODUCTION CAPACITIES ...................................... 72
9.7.2 TREATED WATER QUALITY ...................................................................... 72
9.7.3 WATER TESTING ....................................................................................... 73
9.7.4 DELIVERY POINT OF TREATED WATER ................................................. 74
9.8 MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS ............................................................................... 74
9.8.1 CHEMICAL DOSING SYSTEM ................................................................... 74
9.9 TESTING OF WTP ................................................................................................. 74
9.9.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................... 74
9.9.2 TEST AND DISINFECTION BEFORE TAKING OVER ............................... 74
9.9.3 OPERATION TEST...................................................................................... 75
9.9.4 HANDING OVER ......................................................................................... 75
9.9.5 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED WITH TENDER ........... 75
9.10 SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT .......................................................................... 75
9.10.1 DESIGN PARAMETERS ........................................................................... 75
9.10.2 INFLUENT (RAW SEWAGE)..................................................................... 76
9.10.3 EFFLUENT QUALITY (TREATED SEWAGE) ........................................... 76
9.10.4 FREQUENCY OF EFFLUENT TESTING .................................................. 77
9.10.5 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT .................................................................... 77
9.10.6 FUNCTIONAL PLANT DESIGN ................................................................ 78
9.10.7 TYPICAL REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................... 78
9.11 WATERMETER .................................................................................................... 78
10.0
AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEMS ......................................................................... 81
10.1
CONTROL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS .............................................................. 81
10.1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.................................................................... 81
10.2 SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................... 82
10.3 CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION ...................................................................... 84
10.3.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................. 84
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection ( Joko )
R1.doc
July 2024
Page iv
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
10.4
PLUMBING & SANITARY SERVICES ................................................................. 84
10.4.1 OPERATION OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT ................................... 84
10.4.2 OPERATION OF WASTE/STORM WATER SUMP LIFTING SYSTEMS . 84
10.4.3 WASTE/STORM WATER SUMP PUMPS ................................................. 85
10.4.4 OPERATION OF CLEAN WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM ..................... 85
10.4.5 OPERATION OF CLEAN WATER TREATMENT PUMPS ....................... 85
10.4.6 OPERATION OF TOP LEVEL CLEAN WATER BOOSTER SYSTEM ..... 86
10.4.7 WATER BOOSTER PUMPS ..................................................................... 86
10.5 FIRE PROTECTION SERVICES .......................................................................... 87
11.0
FIRE SERVICES EQUIPMENT .................................................................................. 88
11.1
FIRE SERVICES PIPEWORK .............................................................................. 88
11.1.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................. 88
11.1.2 FIRE BRIGADE BREECHING INLET (SIAMESE CONNECTION) ........... 88
11.1.3 FLOW SWITCHES .................................................................................... 88
11.2 FIRE PUMPS ........................................................................................................ 89
11.2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.................................................................... 89
11.2.3 HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE PUMPS ........................................................ 90
11.2.4 VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE PUMPS (JOCKEY PUMP) ............................. 90
11.2.6 OPERATION .............................................................................................. 91
11.3 HYDRANT INSTALLATION .................................................................................. 92
11.3.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................. 92
11.3.2 PIPEWORK................................................................................................ 92
11.3.3 HYDRANT PILLARS .................................................................................. 92
11.3.4 INDOOR HYDRANT BOXES..................................................................... 92
11.4 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM ................................................................... 92
11.4.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................. 92
11.4.2 HAZARD CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPANCIES .................................... 92
11.4.3 SPRINKLER PIPEWORK .......................................................................... 93
11.4.4 SPRINKLER HEADS ................................................................................. 93
11.4.5 SPRINKLER ALARM SIGNAL ................................................................... 94
11.4.6 MAIN ALARM CONTROL VALVES SETS ................................................ 94
11.5 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ................................................................... 95
11.5.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................. 95
11.5.2 INSTALLATION ......................................................................................... 95
11.6 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM (PREACTION) ........................................... 95
11.6.1 Flow Control ............................................................................................... 96
11.6.2 Fire cycle Control Panel ............................................................................. 96
11.6.3 Valve Trim Box........................................................................................... 97
11.6.4 Fire cycle Detectors ................................................................................... 97
11.6.5 Battery Chargers and Batteries ................................................................. 97
11.6.6 Smoke Detectors ....................................................................................... 97
11.6.7 Heat Detectors ........................................................................................... 98
11.7 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM with DETECTION / RELEASE SYSTEM.......... 98
11.7.1 FIRE SUPPRESSION WITH NOVEC SYSTEM........................................ 98
11.7.2 GAS FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ....................................................... 99
11.7.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................................................................ 100
11.7.4 JOB DESCRIPTION FOR INSTALLATION OF GAS .............................. 101
11.7.5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT... 102
11.7.6 INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................ 104
11.7.7 SUMMARY OF SPECIFICATION STANDARDS .................................... 108
11.8 ASPIRATING SMOKE DETECTORS (ASD) ...................................................... 108
11.9 LI-ION TAMER .................................................................................................... 110
12.0
TESTING AND DOCUMENTATIONS ...................................................................... 113
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection ( Joko )
R1.doc
July 2024
Page v
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
13.0
ELECTRICAL WORKS IN ASSOCIATION WITH PLUMBING, SANITARY, FIRE
SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND FIRE PROTECTION SERVICES.................................................. 116
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
GENERAL ........................................................................................................... 116
SUBMISSION ..................................................................................................... 116
REGULATIONS AND STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS .................................... 117
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHBOARDS EQUIPMENT................................. 117
13.4.1 FLOOR STANDING MOTOR CONTROL PANELS ................................ 118
13.4.2 WALL MOUNTED PANEL ....................................................................... 119
13.4.3 BUSBARS ................................................................................................ 120
13.4.4 AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS ....................................................................... 120
13.4.5 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS (MCCB’S) .............................. 121
13.4.6 MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER ........................................................... 121
13.4.7 FUSED SWITCHGEAR AND ISOLATORS ............................................. 122
13.4.8 FUSES ..................................................................................................... 122
13.4.9 CONTACTORS ........................................................................................ 122
13.4.10 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND PROTECTION RELAYS ............. 123
13.4.11 LABELLING ........................................................................................... 124
13.4.12 TIME SWITCHES .................................................................................. 124
13.4.13 TIME DELAYS ....................................................................................... 124
13.4.14 HOUR RUN METER .............................................................................. 124
13.4.15 CONTROL SWITCHES ......................................................................... 124
13.4.16 INDICATING LAMPS ............................................................................. 125
13.4.17 PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES ................................................................. 125
13.4.18 PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES ................................................................. 125
13.4.19 CABLING ............................................................................................... 125
13.4.20 TERMINAL BLOCKS ............................................................................. 126
13.4.21 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................................................................ 126
13.4.22 LABELLING ........................................................................................... 126
13.4.23 INTERFACING CONNECTION ............................................................. 127
13.4.24 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS................................................................ 127
13.5 MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS ......................................................................... 127
13.6 CABLING ............................................................................................................ 128
13.6.1 PVC INSULATED ARMOURED COPPER CABLE ................................. 128
13.6.2 PVC INSULATED COPPER CABLES ..................................................... 129
13.6.3 FIRE RESISTANT CABLES (FRC) ......................................................... 129
13.6.4 FIRE RETARTDANT CABLE (FRCC) (N/A) ............................................ 129
13.6.5 CABLING FIRE ALARM .......................................................................... 129
13.7 WIRING .............................................................................................................. 130
13.8 CONDUIT ........................................................................................................... 131
13.8.1 CONDUIT BOXES ................................................................................... 132
13.9 CABLE TRUNKING ............................................................................................ 133
13.10 CABLE TRAYS ................................................................................................. 133
13.11 MOTORS .......................................................................................................... 134
13.11.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................. 134
13.11.2 MOTOR INSTALLATION ....................................................................... 136
13.11.3 MOTOR STARTERS ............................................................................. 136
13.12 TYPES OF STARTER ...................................................................................... 137
13.12.1 DOL STARTER ...................................................................................... 137
13.12.2 CLOSED TRANSITION “STAR-DELTA” STARTERS (CT.SD) ............. 137
13.12.3 AUTO-TRANSFORMER STARTERS (CT.AT)...................................... 138
13.13 ELECTRONIC CONTROL SOFTSTARTER .................................................... 138
13.14 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE / VSD .......................................................... 141
13.14.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................. 141
13.14.2 PERFORMANCE ................................................................................... 141
13.14.3 COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONS ...................................................... 142
13.14.4 SAFETY PROTECTION DEVICES ....................................................... 143
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection ( Joko )
R1.doc
July 2024
Page vi
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
13.14.5 SPEED CONTROL SIGNALS AND STATUS INDICATIONS ............... 143
13.14.6 ENGINEERING BACK-UP AND WARRANTIES ................................... 144
13.14.7 RADIO INTERFERENCE ...................................................................... 144
13.14.8 HARMONIC DISTORTION .................................................................... 144
13.15 EARTHING ....................................................................................................... 145
13.16 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES ................................................................... 145
13.17 INSTALLATION PROFESSTIONAL ENGINEER AND LEW SUPERVISION.. 145
13.18 SITE AND COMMISSIONING .......................................................................... 146
13.19 REJECTION OF SWITCHBOARD ................................................................... 146
13.19.1 ELECTRICAL EARTHING OF RISING MAINS ..................................... 146
14.0
PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION .......................................................................... 147
14.1
14.2
GENERAL ........................................................................................................... 147
PAINTING ........................................................................................................... 147
14.2.1 MATERIALS............................................................................................. 147
14.2.2 PLANT, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT .............................................. 148
14.2.3 EXPOSED METALWORK ....................................................................... 148
14.2.4 CONCEALED METALWORK .................................................................. 148
14.2.5 DUCTWORK AND PIPEWORK............................................................... 148
14.3 IDENTIFICATION AND LABELLING .................................................................. 149
14.3.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION .............................................................. 149
14.3.2 PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION ................................................................ 149
15.0
NOISE AND VIBRATION ......................................................................................... 150
15.1
VIBRATION CONTROL ...................................................................................... 150
15.1.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................ 150
15.1.2 SPRING ISOLATORS ............................................................................. 151
15.1.3 NEOPRENE ‘IN-SHEAR’ ISOLATORS ................................................... 152
15.1.4 VIBRATION ISOLATION PADS .............................................................. 152
15.1.5 DOUBLE DEFLECTION PADS ............................................................... 152
15.1.6 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS ........................................................ 153
15.1.7 PIPEWORK GENERAL ........................................................................... 153
15.1.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIORS/EXPANSION JOINTS ................................ 153
15.1.9 INERTIA BASES ...................................................................................... 154
15.1.10 EQUIPMENTS MOUNTING .................................................................. 154
15.1.11 OTHER ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT AND NON-VIBRATION
EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................................... 155
15.1.12 EXECUTION .......................................................................................... 155
15.2 ACOUSTIC REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................... 156
15.2.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................ 156
15.2.2 NOISE AND VIBRATION COMPLIANCE TEST ..................................... 157
16.0
SEISMIC SUPPORT SYSTEMS FOR MEP SERVICES .......................................... 161
17.0
TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND HANDOVER .................................................... 162
17.1
17.2
GENERAL ........................................................................................................... 162
TESTING ............................................................................................................ 162
17.2.1 VALVES, COCKS AND FITTINGS .......................................................... 162
17.2.2 PIPEWORK LOAD TEST ........................................................................ 163
17.3 ON-SITE TESTING AND COMMISSIONING ..................................................... 163
17.4 PLUMBING, SANITARY, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND FIRE
SYSTEM SITE TESTING ............................................................................................... 166
17.5 FINAL ADJUSTMENT AND COMMISSIONING ................................................ 168
17.6 HAND OVER ...................................................................................................... 168
17.7 FACTORY TEST ................................................................................................ 169
17.8 PUMPS ............................................................................................................... 169
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection ( Joko )
R1.doc
July 2024
Page vii
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
17.9 ELECTRIC MOTORS ......................................................................................... 169
17.10 STARTERS AND CONTROL GEAR ................................................................ 169
17.11 FACTORY HYDROSTATIC OR PRESSURE TESTS...................................... 169
17.12 STATUTORY AUTHORITIES TEST AND INSPECTION................................. 169
17.13 PRELIMINARY COMMISSIONING CHECKS .................................................. 170
17.14 COMMISSIONING ............................................................................................ 170
17.15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS ......................................................................... 170
17.16 REJECTION OF PLANT ................................................................................... 171
17.17 WARRANTY AND HANDOVER ....................................................................... 171
17.18 SPARE PARTS................................................................................................. 171
17.19 TRAINING ......................................................................................................... 172
17.20 MAINTENANCE PERIOD ................................................................................. 172
17.21 COMPREHENSIVE MAINTENANCE DURING MAINTENANCE PERIOD ..... 173
17.22 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL .................... 174
17.23 ADJUSTMENTS DURING MAINTENANCE PERIOD ...................................... 176
18.0
REFERENCE MANUFACTURERS .......................................................................... 177
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection ( Joko )
R1.doc
July 2024
Page viii
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
1.0
PROJECT DETAILS
A.
Project Identification
: CGK3 – TBS2
B.
Project Location
: Jalan T.B. Simatupang Kav. 10, RT 16/06,
Kebayoran Lama, Cilandak Barat, South Jakarta 12430
C.
Employer
: PT. Starone Mitra Telekomunikasi
D.
Architect
: PT. Meinhardt Indonesia
E.
MEP Design Engineer
: PT. Meinhardt Indonesia
F.
Structural Engineers
: PT. Meinhardt Indonesia
2.0
CODES AND STANDARDS
2.1
PLUMBING
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
International Building Code (IBC).
International Plumbing Code (IPC).
International Fire Code (IFC).
International Electrical Code (IEC).
Pergub DKI Nomor 122 Tahun 2005 - Domestic wastewater management in Jakarta
province
SNI 03 – 6481 – 2000 - Plumbing systems
SNI 03 – 7065 – 2005 - Codes of design for plumbing systems
SNI 8153-2015 - Plumbing Systems in Buildings
Perancangan dan Pemeliharaan Sistem Plambing, Soufyan M. Noerbambang dan
Takeo Morimura (Peter) Edisi ke Tiga, Penerbit PT. PRATNYA PARAMITA.
Permen LH no.5 2014 Tentang Baku Mutu Air Limbah.
International Energy Code (IECC) - Energy Efficiency Standards.
Current Local Government Amendments and Regulations.
ANSI – American National Standards Institute.
ASHRAE – American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers.
ASME – American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
ASSE – American Society of Sanitary Engineering.
ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials.
AWS – American Welding Society.
AWWA – American Water Work Association.
CISPI – Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute.
EPA – Environmental Protection Agency.
NEMA – National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association.
NFPA – National Fire Protection Association.
NSF – National Sanitation Foundation.
UL – Underwriters’ Laboratories.
Green Building Code
USGBC – United States Green Building Council’s LEED Guidelines.
Owner program requirements (OPR)
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 1
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
2.2
FIRE PROTECTION
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
International Building Code (IBC).
Current International Building Code (CBC)
Latest International Mechanical Code (IMC)
Latest International Plumbing Code (IPC).
Latest International Fire Code (IFC)
Latest National Electrical Code (NEC).
Perda DKI Nomor 8 Tahun 2008 - Local Regulation of DKI Jakarta: Fire protection and
prevention
SNI 03-1736-2000 - Procedures for Planning a Protection System for Prevention of Fire
Hazards in Houses and Buildings
SNI 03 – 1745 – 2000 - Methods for design and installation of standpipe and hose
systems for fire protection of buildings
SNI 03 – 3989 – 2000 - Methods for design and installation of automatic sprinkler
systems for fire protection of buildings
Regulation Menteri Pekerjaan Umum 26/PRT/M/2008 Regarding Technical
Requirements for Fire Protection Systems in Buildings and the Environment
SNI 03-6570-2001 Regarding Fixed Pump Installations for Fire Protection
SNI 03-3987-1995 Guide to Installing Light Fire Extinguishers to Prevent Fire Dangers
in Homes and Buildings.
SNI 8799-1-2023 Data Center Technical Specifications.
Latest Local Government Amendments and Regulations.
ANSI – American National Standards Institute.
ASHRAE – American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers.
ASME – American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials.
AWS – American Welding Society.
AWWA – American Water Work Association.
EPA – Environmental Protection Agency.
NFPA – National Fire Protection Association.
NFPA 13 – Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
NFPA 14 – Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems.
NFPA 75 - Standard for Protection of Information Technology Equipment
NFPA 76 - Standard for the Protection of Telecommunications Facilities
NFPA 10 – Portable Fire Extinguishers
NFPA 2001 – Standard of Clean Agent Fire Extinguisher System
NSF – National Sanitation Foundation.
SMACNA – Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association.
Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems.
UL – Underwriters’ Laboratories.
FM – Factory Mutual
USGBC – United States Green Building Council’s LEED Guidelines.
Owner Program Requirements (OPR).
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 2
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
3.0
SUMMARY
3.1
GENERAL
a. The Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Protection installation work
shall form part of Main Contract Direct work.
b. All Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Protection installation
Contract involves the design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning and
maintenance of the Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Protection
installation as detail and described in the Main Contract/Contract document.
c.
The Entire Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Protection Installation
shall comply with all relevant and applicable codes and regulations in Indonesia. The
requirements of all Authorities having jurisdiction on the Contract Works shall also be
complied with.
d. This brief shall be read in conjunction with the material specifications.
3.1.1
SCOPE OF PLUMBING, SANITARY, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND FIRE
PROTECTION WORK
Preliminary Requirements
Contractor shall:
a. Submit drawings and details of materials and equipment for approval prior to
construction / installation.
b. The Contractor shall prepare complete shop / coordination / construction / fabrication
drawings to describe the proposed works. These drawings shall be at the scales
specified and submitted for approval prior to ordering of equipment or commencement
of any installation work. Reproductions or copies of the design drawings will not be
accepted.
c.
The Contractor shall provide complete samples and/or catalogue technical data for all
proposed equipment/ materials for approval prior to ordering or fabricating of
equipment/ materials or commencement of any installation work.
d. All equipment performance data and information contained in the Contractors drawings
and equipment submission shall be strictly in accordance with the SI system of units.
Submissions containing non SI units shall be rejected.
e. Contractor submissions, drawings, operating and maintenance manuals etc. shall be in
English Language.
f.
Submit work method statements for approval.
g. Submit method & sequence of work for approval.
h. Submit work checklist for approval.
i.
Submit inspection checklist for approval.
j.
Submit monitoring checklist for approval.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 3
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
k.
Submit pretesting, testing & commissioning checklist for approval.
l.
Submit pretesting, testing & commissioning report in stages.
Contractor shall allow for all adjustments as required from the design/tender drawings to suit
the actual site conditions. These adjustments shall be as deemed necessary by the
Engineer / Consultant o deemed necessary for good practice and all cost should be included
in the tender offer.
This specification, unless specifically stated otherwise, calls for the provision of systems
complete in every respect, fit and ready for continuous, safe, efficient operation. The
Contractor shall therefore supply, deliver, install, test, commission and set to work the
systems and they shall be complete with all necessary ancillary and minor items, whether
expressly indicated on drawings or specification or not.
Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Protection Services
The extent of works under this contract shall comprise the design, supply, installation, testing,
commissioning, setting to work and handing over in working order, and provision of “as-built”
drawings and Operating and Maintenance manuals.
Supply and installation of:
a. Raw/Utility water distribution systems complete with water storage, pumps, filters, pipe
work and all other auxiliary systems as specified and shown on drawings.
b. Clean water distribution systems complete with water storage, pumps, treatment, pipe
work and all other auxiliary systems as specified and shown on drawings.
c.
The landscape areas will be served with a manual irrigation (standpipes) system to suit
landscape requirements. pipe work and all other auxiliary systems as specified and
shown on drawings.
d. Waste, Soil drainage and kitchen drainage distribution systems complete with, pumps,
grease traps, venting, pipe work and all other auxiliary systems as specified and shown
on drawings.
e. Sewage Treatment plant complete with all other auxiliary systems as specified and
shown on drawings.
f.
Provide plumbing, wastewater, vent pipe, rainwater and gas systems in accordance
with the drawings and specification.
g. Sanitary ejector system complete with pumps, pipe work etc. and all other auxiliary
systems as specified and shown on drawings.
h. Fire protection system, including fire pump set (complete with diesel, electric and jockey
pumps, panels), fuel storage, external hydrant pillars with outdoor hydrant boxes, fire
brigade 4 way breeching inlet (Siamese booster connections), internal hydrant boxes
(with alarm bell, telephone jack, manual call point, alarm indicator, floor mimic panel
and fire hose), associated electrical work, control systems and piping distribution
system complete with all necessary control valves, valves and fittings as specified and
shown on the drawings.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 4
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
i.
Fire Extinguishers complete with mounting brackets and stainless steel boxes as shown
on drawings.
j.
Fire suppression system complete with piping, valve, hazard lamp, suppression nozzle,
suppression tubes, cabling, detectors, controls panels or as shown on the drawings and
standard fire suppression requirement and regulations.
k.
Installation of all sanitary wares and fittings as specified and shown on drawings (by
project architects).
l.
All interfacing work with the Building Management System and Energy Management
System for remote/control, monitoring include water metering etc. and associated
accessories as specified and shown on drawing.
m. All other Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire fighting systems
described on drawings and detailed in specifications.
n. All every set pump for control panel The Contractor shall provide and install two control
panels each pump (duty and stand by) And the two panels connect to each other to call
the pump (duty and stand by).
Special Requirement:
i.
Testing and Commissioning (T&C) of ‘Shell and Core’ of the buildings and Independent
Testing and Commissioning Agent: The Contractor shall be aware that certain testing
and commissioning of the Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire
Protection systems prior to the hand-over of ‘Shell and Core’ apartment to the tenants.
The Subcontractor shall include in his works such pre-handover testing and
commissioning works. The Contractor shall also include all necessary subsequent
testing and commissioning works required to verify the specified performance of the
system after the tenancy fitting-out works are completed. The required testing and
commissioning at different stages shall be agreed with the Project Manager or Engineer
and the Tenant’s representative. The Contractor shall also be aware and agreeable that
an independent Testing and Commissioning agent may be engaged to witness and
certify all these testing and commissioning works.
ii.
Equipment Factory Witness Test: The Contractor shall arrange factory witness test for
Consultant and Client (for 3 persons) to verify performances of Fire Pumps as specified
in the tender document and drawing.
iii.
All equipment selection must be high efficiency performance type such as pumps, etc.
iv.
Anticorrosion Treatment: Anticorrosion treatment for external pumps to be provided 5
times greater resistance against acid rain and salt corrosion.
v.
To provide water leakage detection system as specified and shown on the drawings.
vi.
Mock up Area:
a)
The Main Contract document stipulates requirement of mock-up area/areas for
unit apartments. The Contractor shall fully complete all the work within the mockup areas prior for Client / Architect / Consultant quality inspection.
vii. Contractor shall comply with all the Acoustic Performance Requirement as mentioned
in the Particular Specification.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 5
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
viii. In addition to any requirement for sprinkler points provisions noted elsewhere and type,
the contractor shall allow for the supply and installation of 500 additional sprinkler
points (every types as required) complete with pipework and supports.
ix.
A Computerized Maintenance Management System (CMMS) will be provided by the
ACMV Contractor. The Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire
Protection Contractor shall liaise and coordinate with the ACMV Contractor and provide
all information and documentation for the Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System
and Fire Protection Contractor’s equipment to allow the creation of the CMMS data
bases and planned preventative maintenance (PPM) inputs and work order/work task
outputs and any other information and documentation required for the correct
implementation of the CMMS.
x.
The Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Protection Contractor shall
include in their contract for any upgrading of cable trays, cable ladders, trunking or
conduit due to their wiring works.
Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Protection Systems Interfaces
Work With Others Trade
SCOPE TO BE INCLUDED:
1).
The Protection system shall be interfaced with the Fire Alarm system as per the
following requirement:
a.
Fire pumps, sprinkler control valves, monitored flow switches, all monitored
sprinkler/hydrant isolating valves and fire protection water storage shall be
interfaced with fire alarm system.
2).
All associated works for on/Off remote control and status indication panel in FCC
room including switches and indication lights for the following equipment and system:
a) Fire pumps status.
b) Monitored flow switches status.
c) Monitor valve status.
d) Fire protection water, water tanks storage level alarm.
e) Suppression system
3).
The Contractor shall provide all necessary provisions for interfacing with other trades,
services, and equipment not under this contract.
All necessary sensors,
current/voltage transformers, voltage-free contact, relays, auxiliary contacts,
terminals, transducers, etc. for interfacing with other works shall be provided by the
Contractor.
4).
All control/monitoring wiring from sensors, equipment, and components for the
interfacing shall be terminated at a separate interfacing compartment located at the
respective equipment/system’s switchboard or control panel provided under the
Contract. The interfacing compartment shall be completed with all necessary
connectors, terminals, and with proper identifications to allow interfacing works to be
easily carried out. The compartment shall clearly indicate “Extra Low Voltage Cable
Only. No Power Cable Connection”. Where there are no equipment/system
switchboard/control panels, the interfacing panels shall be co-ordinated with the Main
Contractor and other contractors.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 6
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
3.1.2
5).
For every control panel and each module of the switchboard, at least five (5) spare
terminals shall be provided for future interfacing works.
6).
Wiring and cables for interfacing with the Fire Alarm System and other fire protection
and life safety systems shall be fire rated to comply with Fire Authority’s requirements
7).
All the interface provisions shall be DC operated and rated not more than 50 mA.
8).
The Contractor shall provide and make all power cable connections from their
equipment, local control panels, and switchboards to the electrical isolators or power
points (including cable termination) provided by the Electrical contractor. Location of
power supply isolators and power points shall be co-ordinated and agreed between
the contractor and the Electrical contractor.
9).
In addition to the interfacing requirements shown on the Drawings, interfacing
provisions as described below shall also be made by each respective contractor.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INTERFACES WORK
1)
General
The Electrical Contractor shall provide power supply for the respective mechanical
installation. The power supply interfacing is terminated at designed locations in
general on floor-by-floor basis. The location and capacity are as shown on the
Drawing and schematic diagrams. The Electrical contractor will terminate the power
supply at an Interfacing Point (IP) through an isolator or cable termination box or
switched fused connection unit at the designated IP locations. The respective
mechanical installation contractor shall be responsible for power connections to these
IP and any further cable distribution from the IP to their motor control centre (MCCs),
motor control panels (LMCPs), and field sensors/devices. Further cable distribution
by the respective mechanical installation contractor shall include distribution board,
distribution board, etc. as required to complete the power supply installation from the
designated IP to each of the mechanical equipment.
2)
Interfacing point
The Electrical Contractor will terminate the power supply at IP locations through
isolators or cable termination boxes or switched fused connection unit. The locations
of the IP indicated on the Drawing shall be coordinated amongst the main contractor
and the mechanical and electrical contractor and approval by the Architect. The IP
isolators or cable termination boxes or switched fused connection unit shall be
provided by the electrical contractor.
3)
Provision of Interfacing Point
The respective mechanical installation contractor shall study the power supply
interfacing schedule on the IP provisions. The respective mechanical installation
contractor shall ensure their equipment offered requires power supply within the IP
capacity.
4)
Electrical Distribution from Interfacing Point
a. All mechanical installation contractors shall be responsible for the power
distribution from the IP to each of the mechanical equipment and field
sensors/devices.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 7
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
3.1.3
b.
The grouping of the power distribution to the mechanical equipment shall
consider the system operation requirement to ensure any power failure to one IP
shall not interrupt the operation of their mechanical equipment feed from different
IP.
c.
The respective mechanical installation contractor shall engage a Qualify
Electrical Worker of appropriate grade to design the electrical power distribution
to the mechanical equipment. The mechanical installation contractor’s Quality
Electrical Worker shall test and commission the installation and certify the
installation to the requirements prior to power turn-on of the IP.
d.
The respective mechanical installation Contractor shall be responsible for
providing complete earthling system for the entire mechanical equipment and
installation which can comply fully the requirement. The main circuit protective
conductors (CPCs) will be provided by the Electrical Contractor at the IP. The
respective mechanical installation Contractor shall be responsible for the
continuity of the earthing installation from the IP to the mechanical equipment
earthling and bonding requirement.
e.
The Electrical Contractor shall provide the following for other trades :
i)
Isolators and power points (fused spur units) for equipment and systems of
other contractors as shown on the Drawings. The other contractors shall be
responsible for connection and extending the power supply to their
equipment and control panels. Where shown on the Drawings, the
Electrical contractor shall make direct power cable connections to the
mechanical system’s main motor control centres.
ii)
Earthing terminal in the Fire Command Centre and all other plant rooms for
supplementary equip potential bonding of other equipment and systems.
iii)
Electrical bonding of all roof equipment and external metal cladding
including provisions and connection of bonding cables.
iv)
Fuel main storage tank and day tank High/Low level alarm signals to the
Building Management/Automation System.
v)
Power point in each toilet for the plumbing trade (for connection to automatic
sanitary sensors and flush valve by the plumbing and Sanitary contractor).
PLUMBING AND SANITARY CONTRACTOR INTERFACES WORK
The plumbing and sanitary contractor shall provide the following for other trades:
a) Water supply connections to water tanks under other contracts including isolation
valve.
b) Drainage facilities for pressure relief/parity valves and condensate drain from airhanding units and fan coil units. Insulation of drainage pipe receiving condensate drain
shall also be provided by the plumbing and sanitary contractor.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 8
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
c)
3.1.4
Gas leakage signals to the Fire Alarm System, Building Management/Automation
System, High/Low level alarm signals to the Building Management/Automation System
for all water tanks.
ALL CONTRACTORS GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES
a). The Contractor shall liaise with the Main Contractor and all other tradesmen to ensure that
works of all trades are properly coordinated.
b). The Contractor shall be responsible to the timely submissions of equipment/material
proposal, detailed design, shop drawings, and other technical proposals to comply with the
Main Contractor’s programme. Sufficient time shall be allowed for the review by
Architect/Engineers/PM/CM, revision/amendments required, ordering and delivery of
equipment/material, and installation period.
(No claims for extension of time of additional costs shall be entertained as a result
of the Contractor’s failure to make his submissions in time which may result in the
delay of the completion of project.)
c). The contractor shall provide all necessary technical information, details and layout of his
installation to Main Contractor and shall co-operate and co-ordinate with the Main
Contractor and other contractors or the smooth execution of the works on site.
d). Re-routing and re-organization of services as result of space coordination to provide
sufficient installation and maintenance access to facilitate easy future operation and
maintenance. Cost for any modification or reroute of services due to coordination
is included in the tender offer.
e). Re-route and re-organization of services to achieve the clear headroom / ceiling height
to accommodate the architectural design.
f).
Adjustment and enhancements to suit the construction works on site.
g). Adjustment and modification of design to suit the specified phased completion and early
hand-over areas.
h). Changes required as result of certain construction sequence and methods.
i).
All necessary trench excavations and back filling for installation of the buried pipe work,
inspection chambers, cables etc.
j).
All necessary pipe sleeves and cast in element.
k). To coordinate and supervise Contractor penetration box up installation as required by
respective Contractor.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 9
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
l).
To mark, coordinate and supervise Contractor for making opening provision for MEP
fittings such as lighting, speaker, switches etc. on ceiling or partition wall as required by
respective Contractor.
m). Fire stop for all penetrations through fire rated walls, floors and ceilings.
n). Fire rated enclosure or box up services running along or across protected lobbies,
corridors etc. by respective Contractor.
o). Chasing of brick walls for pipes, conduits and fitting. (Make good of brick wall will be
done by Contractor.)
p). Painting and labelling services example pipe work / ductwork / etc. and equipment
where exposed in plant rooms / car park and where exposed to view external / internal /
perforated ceiling / etc.
q). All associated building work unless specifically nominated elsewhere including making
good.
r).
Provide all necessary ladders, scissors lift, gantries and scaffolding etc. to enable
installation, testing and commissioning of the systems.
s). Testing and commissioning of all systems.
t).
The Contractor shall coordinate with the Contractor for early turn on of permanent
supply of electricity and water services for testing. In the event that the permanent
supply of electricity and water services is not available in time, temporary power and
water MUST be provided by Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
u). Liaison with all Local Authorities to obtain all necessary certificates and approvals,
including the completion of all submission drawings, forms and payment of any fees
and charges. All the costs for all testing required by Local Authorities shall be included
in the offer.
v). Provision of spare parts required in the first eighteen (18) months operation after
practical completion.
w). In addition to the spare part specified elsewhere in the Sub Contractor documents, the
following spare parts shall be provided and handed over to owner at the completion of
the Maintenance Period of Defect Liability Period. (Item listed in the specification).
x). Eighteen (18) month’s full time (24hrs) operational comprehensive maintenance and
breakdown services from date of hand over. This will include chilled water and
condenser water sampling and laboratory testing during the above maintenance period.
y). All other works and systems as specified in the Contract document and or shown the
drawings.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 10
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
z). Interfacing with adjacent Contractor – The Sub Contractor shall provide detailed coordination and interfacing with all adjacent contractors as stipulated in Contract. The
Contractor shall make due allowance for all interfacing works including detailed coordination and interfacing in his tender and shall be deemed included in the Contract.
No claims of any kind arising from this clause shall be entertained by the Owner.
aa). The contractor shall make adequate provisions of flexible joint/connectors and/or
expansion loops where services pass through structural expansion joints. The
locations of these expansion joints are shown on the architectural/structural drawings.
The provisions of flexible joints/connections shall take into account the movement
allowance. Detailed calculations shall be submitted by the Contractor to justify the
selection of these joints/connectors.
bb). For settlement joints shown on the structural drawings or required by the Main
Contractor for the construction of structural works, the Contractor shall co-ordinate with
the Main Contractor such that any installation which passes through settlement joints
shall be executed after the respective settlement joints are cast and the expected
structural differential settlement has significantly taken place.
cc). The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Main Contractor to ensure that all services
installed under metal roof and skylight shall have adequate provisions to take into
account the movement and deflection of the roof structure and the cladding.
dd). Where the materials or equipment offered comply with other standards, the Contractor
shall demonstrate that they meet the requirements of the Specification and details shall
be submitted to the Consultant/PM for approval. Project Manager has the right to reject
this submission without any question by Contractor.
ee). All equipment supplied shall comply with the specified duty / rating in the Specification
and Drawings.
ff). The capacities of all plant and equipment described in the Contract are minimum
capacities and the Contractor shall take into account any variations which may be
necessary due to his own detailed design and actual installation requirements.
gg). The Contractors shall supply and install the following safety equipment and notices for
each switchboard / control panel in the respective switch rooms and plant rooms:
1). Solid rubber insulated mats complying with BS 921 in front of and extending the
full length of the control panel / switchboards.
2). Copies of all statutory safety notices, regulations and instructions for resuscitation
and treatment after electric shock.
3). Danger signs on the switchboards / control panels, the doors of plant room, switch
rooms and electrical riser duct rooms and elsewhere to the requirement of the
Power Supply Authorities.
4). A copy of the main single line diagram, varnished and mounted on suitable hard
backing and frame (in glass panel), showing clearly the full details of the electrical
and mechanical systems as supplied and installed.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 11
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
3.1.5
CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
a).
Contractor to produce co-ordination drawing and to co-ordinate all trades as to ensure
no clashes on site.
b).
Responsible for all abortive cost due to poor co-ordination works with other trades.
c).
To ensure all trade follows sequence of work during construction.
d).
Indicating and coordination for providing access panels in the ceilings as required for
access to piping, valves, electrical fittings, local control panel and cables. (Contract
shall provide drawing, marking and supervised the work).
e).
Casting in of all pipe sleeves, puddle flanges, equipment holding down bolts, power
and control cable conduits etc., where required to be built in at construction. (Material
will be provided by Subcontractor. Drawing detail and supervision work will be by
Contractor.)
Floor and wall opening / box up structural provision. (Contractor to mark on form work
and supervise Main-Contractor work.)
f).
g).
Bulkheads, where required.
h).
Roof penetrations and up stand flashing, the builder/Contractor to provide the under
flashing, Contractor to provide the over flashing, where required.
i).
To cut and make good all ceiling and dry wall partition for Contractor fitting installation.
(Contract shall provide drawing, mark and supervised the work).
j).
To provide reference line as requested by all Contractor or consultant for inspection
and MEP services installation.
k).
To provide scaffolding (height more than 4m) / lifting facilities for Contractor installation
works, area such as atrium, main lift lobbies, high ceiling areas etc.
l).
To provide MEP equipment, pipes, valves etc.
m).
Make good all finishes such as wall, ceiling etc. upon completion of MEP conceal
element installation.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 12
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
4.0
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
4.1
DEFINITIONS
4.2
A.
Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and
during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and
substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.
B.
Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during
and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the
Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include
contract enforcement activities performed by Engineer or Construction Manager.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Key personnel required include:
1. Installer
2. Manufacturer
3. Fabricator
4. Testing Agency
5. Authorized service representative
6. Contractor / Contractor QA/QC Team
7. Contractor Specialist QA/QC Team
B.
The Contractor, prior to the commencement of the works, shall submit for Consultant /
Project Manager / Construction Manager approval comprehensive QA/QC programme
for the Contract works which shall include, but not be limited to the following:
1). QA/QC programme of the manufacturing process of equipment.
2). Method statement of all site erection/installation works.
3). Method of protection for material/equipment during delivery, and stored on and off
the site; and
4). Testing and commissioning programmes, procedures, etc.
C.
All equipment, material and items incorporated in the Works under this contract are to
be and of top-class quality.
D.
Equipment/material of non-reputable make may not be accepted solely at the
discretion of the Architect.
E.
The use of electrically dissimilar metals in contact with each other shall be avoided. If
this is not possible, the contract surfaces of the two (2) metals shall be insulated from
each other by an approved method.
F.
All work under this contract shall be performed in a skilful and workmanlike manner
and in accordance with best workshop practise.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 13
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
4.3
G.
All components shall be easily accessible for maintenance/replacement.
H.
All instrumentation and equipment for inspection, testing and commissioning shall be
calibrated and maintained by the contractor. The contractor shall submit all valid
calibration records from manufacturer and/or recognised laboratories and testing
authorities before the use of such instrumentation and equipment.
QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Contractor/Contractor Responsibilities: Quality-control services specified and required
by authorities having jurisdiction and to meet the design intent.
B.
The contractor shall establish and maintain quality and workmanship in his works to
ensure compliance with the specification and drawings.
C.
PM/CM reserve the right to inspect and reject any part of the works not complying.
The contractor shall replace such rejected works without cost variation and delay to
contract.
D.
No work shall be covered up or put out of view without the agreement of CM team.
The contractor shall provide/allow PM/CM full opportunity for the examination and
measurement of any work which is about to be covered or put out of view. Upon
request by PM/CM team, the contractor shall expose their Works and allow/provide
access to PM/CM to inspect any part of the Works during the course of the
manufacturing or site installation/erection.
E.
Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation,
including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 1
Section "Submittal Procedures."
F.
Retesting / Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were
Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract
Documents.
G.
Retesting / Re-inspection should not be more than 2 times. Contractor / Contractor
QA/QC team to conduct internal testing before requesting for any inspection or
witnessing for any testing.
H.
QA/QC Team to endorse and sign for every of inspection form before requesting for
Construction Manager Team for inspection.
I.
Associated Services: Access to the Work, taking and storing samples.
J.
Special Tests and Inspections: The Owner has the right to request the Contractor or
engage a special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections if the Owner has
doubt with any of the Manufacturer or suppliers product deliver to site.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 14
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
K.
Contractor / Contractor QA/QC team to submit proposal for pre-fabrication material &
method such as valves station for AHU, ductwork etc. as to have better quality.
L.
Equipment & Material delivered to site: Contractor to request for inspection before
installation work. Owner representatives have the right to reject or request to
dismantle any equipment or material not being inspected before installation work
without any question and all cost will be borne by Contractor and no extension of
Contract time.
M.
All equipment, materials and installation method shall comply with the
General/Particular Specification and the current standards and regulations as
described in the Contract Specification.
N.
Where the materials or equipment offered comply with other standards, the Contractor
shall demonstrate that they meet the requirements of the Specification and details
shall be submitted to the Consultant/PM/CM for approval.
O.
Equipment & Material installed on site: Contractor to protect all equipment and
material which have been installed to owner representation satisfaction.
P.
All welded joint, open end ductwork/pipes to be protected after daily work as to avoid
rust occur or collection of dust. Owner representatives have the right to reject or
request to dismantle and replace without any question and all cost will be borne by
Contractor and no extension of contract time.
Q.
Support & bracket installation for equipment & material: Contractor to submit
calculation and drawing for approval from Engineers prior to installation work.
Contractor to engage Qualified Person to do the calculation.
R.
Full Mock-ups & samples: Required for 1 floor typical offices/apartment units, each
form of construction and finish required, using materials indicated for the completed
work. Mock-ups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
S.
Full Mock-ups & samples: Required for 1 typical AHU room, each form of construction
and finish required, using materials indicated for the completed work. Mock-ups
establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
T.
Full Mock-ups & samples: Required for 1 typical Electrical riser each form of
construction and finish required, using materials indicated for the completed work.
Mock-ups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
U.
Full Mock-ups & samples: Required for 1 typical sprinkler / plumbing riser, each form
of construction and finish required, using materials indicated for the completed work.
Mock-ups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
V.
Full Mock-ups & samples: Required for 1 typical lift lobby, each form of construction
and finish required, using materials indicated for the completed work. Mock-ups
establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 15
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
W.
Full Mock-ups & samples: Required for 1 typical Male and Female toilet, other public
toilets, apartment toilets, each form of construction and finish required, using materials
indicated for the completed work. Mock-ups establish the standard by which the Work
will be judged.
X.
Welding: Submit samples of welding from each person who is proposed to do the
welding to the Construction Manager. Welding is to be carried out only by personnel
who have been approved by the Engineer and Construction Manager.
4.4
EXECUTION
4.4.1
TESTING AND INSPECTION LOG
A.
4.4.2
Prepare a record of testing and inspections. Include the following:
1.
Date testing or inspection was conducted.
2.
Description of the Work for testing or inspection.
3.
Attach with part print drawing and highlight services to be testing & inspection.
4.
Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Engineer / Construction
Manager Team.
5.
Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.
6.
Valid calibration certificate for the testing equipment to be enclosed with testing
inspection form.
B.
Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide
access to testing and inspection log for Construction Manager's reference at any
time as requested.
C.
Prepare summary log / list / report for all testing and inspection from beginning of
project till completion and to be handed over to Consultant submission. Hard Copy &
Soft Copy.
REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A.
General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services,
repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in the
Specification.
B.
Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C.
Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality-control services.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 16
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
D.
Protection shall include covers, crating, sheds, stores or other means to protect the
apparatus, equipment and materials from weather, water damage, and corrosion and
to prevent dirt, grit, plaster or other foreign substances from entering the working
parts of machinery or equipment. Special care shall be taken to keep all opening of
pipes, ducts, and etc. closed while in storage or during the course of delivery and
erection /installation.
E.
Any items suffering damage in transit or on site shall be rejected and replaced without
cost and time to the Contract.
F.
In the case of equipment and materials which originate from other countries and/or
different climate conditions, all such equipment and material shall be adequately and
securely packed for safe transportation with due regard to the climate conditions
encountered in transit and arrival.
G.
The Contractor shall take precautions to avoid unnecessary damage to the works of
other trades.
H.
Contractor to address all corrective action issued by owner representative and to
submit preventive action.
I.
Contractor to reply to Construction Manager Representative/Engineers within 3 days
upon receiving any form of corrective action issued and advised Construction
Manager/Engineers the time duration needed for the rectification work or
replacement.
J.
Contractor to remove immediately any damaged of rejected equipment or material off
site.
K.
Contractor shall expeditiously replace, make good and completely rectify at their cost
any works which are considered defective or unsatisfactory by Consultant/ Project
Manager/Construction Manager.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 17
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
5.0
CONTRACT EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work.
5.1
SITE MEASURES
GENERAL
The Contractor shall execute the Contractor’s Works in a manner so as not to interfere with
the use of the roads and footpaths and occupation of nearby buildings.
OBSTRUCTION TO ROAD
The Contractor is not allowed to obstruct/disrupt the traffic flow. The Contractor shall plan
his works so that there will be no parking/queuing of delivery trucks, concrete mixers, etc.
along the roads.
NOISE CONTROL
The works must be carried out with minimum of noise and no nuisance in any form shall be
tolerated. The Project Manager shall have the absolute discretion to give stop work
instruction, if required. The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangement in his
programme of the works and provisions for all eventualities in the computation of his Tender
Offer for strict and unreserved compliance with this requirement. The Contractor shall not be
entitles to any cost and time extension for compliance with stop work instruction issued by
the Project Manager pursuant to this clause.
EXISTING WORKS AND SERVICES
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions not to disturb or damage existing plants,
planting beds, concrete kerbs and drains, pavements, tracks, footpaths, wires, cables,
pipes, equipment, etc. Any damage to such items during the progress of works shall be
made good as soon as possible to the satisfaction of the Project Manager or third parties
related at the Contractor’s expense.
The Contractor shall fully responsible if any fine or penalty issue or imposed by any
authorities pursuant to this clause.
DISCHARGING OF WATER TO PUBLIC DRAINAGE
The Contractor/Contractor shall take all necessary precautions not to discharge any dirty
water to the public drainage for the construction work. The water should be treated before
discharging and to be monitor as to prevent flooring to the public area or road. Submission
to authorities for temporary water discharge will be done by Contractor/contractor.
The Contractor/Contractor shall fully responsible if any fine or penalty issue or imposed by
any authorities pursuant to this clause.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 18
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
5.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning site work,
investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other
construction affecting the Work.
1.
B.
Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or
Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
1.
Written Report: Site survey & Record observations.
2.
Underground detection such as cables etc. to be conducted before
commencement of excavation or underground services installation work. Report
to be submitted to Construction Manager for record.
3.
Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing finishes or primers.
4.
Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual
locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.
5.
Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and
systems are to be installed.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and
conditions.
6.
5.3
Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of
connection of sanitary sewer, public drain and water-service piping; and
underground electrical services.
PREPARATION
A.
Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly.
Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work
are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field
measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
B.
Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings.
C.
Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the
need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to
Engineer. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with
recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 19
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
5.4
SETTING OUT
The Contractor shall liaise with the Contractor for proper setting out of the Contract Works.
The Contractor shall be aware of the following:
a). The position of equipment etc. indicated on the Drawings, are given for tendering
purposes only. Exact positions shall be determined by the Contractor after co-ordination
with the Contractor. The contractor shall make any modifications that may be necessary
without any cost variation to contract.
b). The Contractor shall set out position and levels for the Works (based on the setting out
reference line and levels given by the Contractor) and shall refer the same to the
Contractor for his approval before erection / installation.
c). Contractor must provide marking and levelling for every lift door jamb and lift door frame
at every lift lobby prior for lift installation.
5.5
INSTALLATION
A.
General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct
alignment and elevation, as indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3. To conceal all pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise
indicated.
4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 2.3 m(or as client required) below
services in plant rooms and spaces without a suspended ceiling. (Contractor to
highlight to Project Manager/Construction Manager if any non-compliance).
5. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 2.3 m(or as client required) below
services in all basement car park drive way and minimum headroom clearance of
2.3m below services in overall basement car park area. (Contractor to highlight to
Project Manager/Construction Manager if any non-compliance).
6. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 2.3 m(or as client required) below
services in basement 2 loading and unloading area & driveway. (Contractor to
highlight to Project Manager/Construction Manager if any non-compliance).
B.
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing
products in applications indicated.
C.
Installation work can only proceed upon approval of installation method statement and
sequence of work method statement by Construction Manager / Consultant.
Construction Manager has the right to stop any work due to non-compliance of
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 20
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
sequence of work as it may effect of quality of work or safety issue. No extension of
time due to non-compliance.
D.
Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible
results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial
Completion.
E.
Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging
operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of
occupancy.
F.
Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produces harmful noise
levels.
G.
Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified
to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to
confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to
comply with indicated requirements.
H.
Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each
component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the
Work.
1.
Mounting Heights:
Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount
components at heights directed by Engineer/Construction Manager.
2.
Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3.
Coordinate installation of anchorages and brackets. Furnish setting drawings,
templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete
inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in
concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
I.
Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not
indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to
form hairline joints.
J.
Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not
considered hazardous.
K.
For equipment and services intended to be installed at outdoor locations or exposed to
external weather conditions, the Contractor shall ensure that these equipment and
services are properly protected by weatherproof external casing or cladding. All
associated motors, terminal and electrical components shall be weatherproof type and
suitable for outdoor installation, IP 55 or greater. Weather protection shield shall also
be provided for all moving parts of the equipment and associated accessories external
to the weatherproof equipment casing.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 21
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
L.
M.
This requirement shall also apply to services installed in close proximity of external
opening and louvers.
For all motor panels outside plant rooms and exposed location such as car parks,
services area, public space etc. shall be provided with a lockable front door with
viewing glass panel. (Lock set must be common lock set system for individual
services).
N.
Contractor MUST coordinate and implement common support for MEP services
installation such as cable support system, pipe support system etc. to minimize
individual bracket for services.
O.
All brackets and support detail MUST be endorsed by Contractor Qualify Engineer
with calculation and to be submitted for Consultant/Engineer approval
5.6
PLUMBING, SANITARY, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND FIRE SERVICES
COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
5.6.1
GENERAL
5.6.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
5.6.3
5.6.4
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
B.
OPR, BoD, and BoD- Plumbing and Fire Fighting documentation prepared by Owner
and Engineer contains requirements that apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes requirements for commissioning the Plumbing Sanitary and Fire
system and its subsystems and equipment. This Section supplements the general
requirements specified in Division 1 Section "General Commissioning Requirements."
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "General Commissioning Requirements" for
requirements for commissioning processes that apply to this Section.
general
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Engineer: Consultant/Design professionals responsible for design of Plumbing,
Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire, fire alarms, electrical, communications,
controls for ACMV systems, and other related systems.
BoD : Basis of Design
OPR: Owner's Project Requirements.
Systems, Subsystems, and Equipment: Where these terms are used together or
separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems, subsystems, and equipment.
TAB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 22
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
5.6.5
CONTRACTOR / CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
The following responsibilities are in addition to those specified in Division 1 Section
"General Commissioning Requirements."
B.
The Contractor/Contractor shall:
1. Attend procedures meeting for TAB Work.
2.
Attend TAB verification testing.
3.
Provide measuring instruments and logging devices to record test data, and data
acquisition equipment to record data for the complete range of testing for the
required test period.
4.
Review control designs with the Engineer, for compliance with the OPR and BoD,
for controllability with respect to actual equipment to be installed, and recommend
adjustments to control designs and sequence of operation descriptions.
5.
Contract Documents Review: With the Engineer, review the Contract Documents
before developing TAB procedures.
a. Verify the following:
1).
Accessibility of equipment and components required for TAB Work.
2).
Adequate number and placement of test ports and test instrumentation to
allow reading and compilation of system and equipment performance
data needed to conduct both TAB and commissioning testing.
3).
Water flow rates have been specified and compared to central equipment
output capacities.
b. Identify discontinuities and omissions in the Contract Documents.
6.
Electrical Contractor / contractor :
a. Coordinate installations and connections between and Electrical/Fire Alarm
system, Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire and ACMV
systems, sub systems, and equipment.
7.
The Contractor shall coordinate with the Contractor for the early turn on of
permanent supply of electrical and water services for the testing. In the event that
the permanent supply of electrical and water services are not available in time,
temporary power and water MUST be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.
8.
Utility cost for water and electrical supply (temporary or permanent) used during
the testing and commissioning of the system by Contractors shall be borne by the
Contractor.
9.
All pipe work which are to be encased or conceal shall be tested and witness by
Construction Manager Representative before they are enclosed.
10. Before the commencement of any testing witnessing by Construction Manager
Representative, the Contractor QA/QC team shall have all the works inspected
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 23
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
including internal preliminary testing and adjustment of equipment to its proper
running order.
11. The testing period shall form part of the Contract period and no extension of time
will be granted by reasons of any extension of the testing period to permit
rectification, modification, adjustment or retesting of the installation.
12. The Contractor shall also be required to conduct all type of testing as and when
requested by the Owner or the Authorities during the Defect Liability without any
extra cost.
13. Integrated Services Testing: After Owner representation accepts the testing and
commissioning result for each system, the Contractor shall coordinate with
Contractor and other Contractors for related works e.g. Electrical works, Fire
Alarm works, ACMV works, ELV works, etc. and carry out integrated systems test.
(All utility charges for the integrated services testing of mechanical and electrical
system shall be borne by the Contractor.)
14. The integrated testing also will be conducted monthly during defect liability period.
(All cost for remobilising manpower, testing equipment, tools, etc. should be
included in the tender offer.)
15. The integrated tests shall simulate the following situation:
A) Electrical Main failure.
B) Fire Emergency.
C) All other tests and procedures as required by authorised.
16. Interfacing for Building Management System and Fire Alarm system is part of the
provision herein to be made by the Contractor and shall be in addition to any
provision for localised control and monitoring devices and system specified
elsewhere in the Specification. The intention is to achieve comprehensive control
and monitoring of all mechanical and electrical system by integrating all localised
control and monitoring system with the BMS and Fire Alarm systems. Towards
the end, the Contractor shall coordinate with BMS and Fire Alarm specialise
contractor (which engaged by Contractor) in such matters as the installation of
auxiliary devices, wiring identification and testing, uniformity in control circuitry
and the provision of all necessary data for programming.
17. The Contractor shall be responsible for all works and materials necessary for the
provisions auxiliary devices as specified herein, including the provisions of
terminals block or interfacing boxes at each starter panel, switch-board section
and elsewhere as specified, the installation of sensors, and wiring from such
auxiliary devices and sensor to the terminal blocks.
18. The contractor shall provide a separate section or compartment in each starter
panel of switchboard to house the terminal blocks mentioned in the above
paragraph. A minimum of 25% spare terminal block shall be allowed for additional
interfacing requirement.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 24
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
19. The Contractor shall ensure that all BMS control and monitoring devices and Fire
Alarm interfaces install by them are correctly terminated in the terminal blocks.
(BMS Specialist contractor to cross check with Contractor for confirmation)
20. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall connect all temporary
connections across the terminal blocks mentioned above and elsewhere if these
connections are necessary for testing, commissioning and temporary operation of
any of the equipment installed by them. The Contractor shall liaise with the BMS
specialist to phase in the functions of the BMS progressively.
5.6.6
COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION
A.
The following are in addition to documentation specified in Division 1 Section
"General Commissioning Requirements."
B.
Testing Checklists: The Contractor, with assistance of the Engineer, shall develop test
checklists for Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire systems,
systems, and equipment, including integrated, interfaces and interlocks with other
systems. The Contractor shall prepare separate checklists for each mode of operation
and provide space on the list to indicate whether the mode under test responded as
required. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1 Section "General
Commissioning Requirements," checklists shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
1.
Calibration of sensors and sensor function.
2.
Testing conditions under which test was conducted, including (as applicable)
ambient conditions, set points, override conditions, and status and operating
conditions that impact the results of test.
3.
Control sequences for Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire
systems.
4.
System sequences for Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire
systems.
5.
Strength of control signal for each set point at specified conditions.
6.
Responses to control signals at specified conditions.
7.
Sequence of response(s) to control signals at specified conditions.
8.
Electrical demand or power input at specified conditions.
9.
Expected performance of systems, systems, and equipment at each step of test.
10. Narrative description of observed performance of systems, subsystems, and
equipment. Notation to indicate whether the observed performance at each step
meets the expected results.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 25
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
11. Interaction of auxiliary equipment.
12. Issues log.
C.
SOFT WARE DOCUMENTS.
1.
GENERAL
1.1.
This section sets out the requirements to be furnished for computer software
used.
1.2.
The Contractor shall supply all the draft copies of design note, circuit diagrams,
application software source code listings and documentation during the various
stages of design and development work. The final documentation shall be
compiled and cared from all the previously submitted drafted copies.
1.3.
Three sets of such final documentation shall be submitted within one month
from the date of satisfactory field of the related equipment. One set shall be
kept at the Master Station and updated by the Contractor as and when there
are any changes during the maintenance period.
1.4.
The Contractor shall supply all the operational manuals, system Programmer’s
manuals and technical manuals for all the hardware, software and equipment.
Such manuals documentation supplied by the Contractor shall contain sufficient
information for any system programmer to carry out the design of this system,
and for the maintenance engineer to carry out the future system maintenance
and modification work. Such manuals shall be supplied at the first stage of the
system design work.
1.5.
Any part of proprietary software which is modified to suit this system shall be
treated as application software. The Employer shall have all the rights to all the
application software in this system.
1.6.
The Contractor shall guarantee the support for any proprietary software for
unlimited period of time. The complete program source code in both hard copy
and magnetic tape of all the proprietary software shall be lodged with an
appointed party approved by the S.O. In the event the Contractor go into
liquidation, or is unable to provide further support to the system software, this
copy of source code shall become the property of the Employer.
1.7.
The Contractor
documentation :
shall
supply
the
following
hardware
and
software
a) Application Software Documentation shall include :
General system introduction to all programs including software
organisation with the drawing.
For each program:
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 26
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
i.
General description of the program function, method of operation
and full accounts of the facilities provided;
ii.
Specifications of performance with all its interfaces especially
where the program share data with other programs.
iii.
Block Diagram and flow charts;
iv.
Memory maps for the CPU’s internal storage, and for the disks.
The maps shall show the numbered locations of core memory.
v.
A programming guide showing how to run and operate the program
and described the way the data or code has been laid out for
modification, conversion or expansion in future.
b) Hardware Documentation shall include :
i.
General system introduction to the hardware.
ii.
Detailed description of structure, information code formats,
message structure and message security.
iii.
General Assembly Drawings showing the layout of equipment in
cubicles together with details of modules.
Site installation manuals and drawings.
iv.
v.
5.6.7
For each module :
- Introduction
- Specifications
- Detailed description of module operation and circuit
- Detailed description of all the circuit options by jumpers
- Module functional block diagram
- Module circuit diagram
- Detailed component part list
SUBMITTALS
I.
The following submittals are in addition to those specified in Division 1 Section
"General Commissioning Requirements."
II.
Testing Procedures: The Contractor shall submit detailed testing plan, procedures,
and checklists for each series of tests. Submittals shall include samples of data
reporting sheets that will be part of the reports.
III.
System Readiness: The Contractor shall confirm in writing that systems, subsystems,
equipment, and associated controls are ready for testing.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 27
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
IV.
Certificate of Completion of Installation, Prestart, and Start-up: The Contractor shall
certify that installation, prestart, and start-up activities have been completed.
Certification shall include completed checklists as specified.
V.
Pipe Cleaning and Flushing Report: The Contractor shall certify that pipe cleaning,
flushing, hydrostatic testing, and chemical treating have been completed, witnessed
and sign off by Construction Manager Team.
VI.
Test and Inspection Reports: The Contractor shall compile and submit test and
inspection reports and certificates, and shall include them in systems manual and
commissioning report.
VII.
Corrective Action: The Engineer shall submit corrective action documents reports if
the Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire commission is not
completed to an acceptable standard.
VIII. Approved TAB Reports: The Contractors shall submit final TAB reports when
approved by the Engineer.
5.7
EXECUTION
5.7.1
TESTING PREPARATION
A.
Prerequisites for Testing:
1.
Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire systems, systems, and
equipment have been completed, calibrated, and started; are operating
according to the OPR, BoD, and Contract Documents.
2.
Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire instrumentation and
control systems have been completed and calibrated; are operating according
to the OPR, BoD, and Contract Documents; and that pre-test set points have
been recorded.
3.
Certify that TAB procedures have been completed, and that TAB reports have
been submitted, discrepancies corrected, and corrective work approved.
4.
Test systems and intersystem performance after approval of test checklists for
systems, systems, and equipment.
5.
Set systems, systems, and equipment into operating mode to be tested (e.g.,
normal shut down, normal auto position, normal manual position, unoccupied
cycle, and alarm conditions).
6.
Verify each operating cycle after it has been running for a specified period and
is operating in a steady-state condition.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 28
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
7.
Inspect and verify the position of each device and interlock identified on
checklists. Sign off each item as acceptable, or failed. Repeat this test for
each operating cycle that applies to system being tested.
8.
Check safety cut outs, alarms, and interlocks with fire alarm and life-safety
systems during each mode of operation.
9.
Annotate checklist or data sheet when a deficiency is observed.
10.
Verify equipment interface with monitoring and control system and TAB criteria
for each system and system.
11.
Verify proper responses of monitoring and control system controllers and
sensors to include the following:
a). For each controller or sensor, record the indicated monitoring and control
system reading and the test instrument reading. If initial test indicates that
the test reading is outside of the control range of the installed device, check
calibration of the installed device and adjust as required.
Retest
malfunctioning devices and record results on checklist or data sheet.
b). Report deficiencies and prepare an issues log entry.
5.7.2
TESTING REQUIREMENT
GENERAL
A.
The Contractor shall notify Project Manager / Construction Manager in writing of his
programme to test and commission equipment and system at least 2 months before
the actual execution.
B.
The testing and commissioning method shall be in accordance with the manufacturer
instructions, the appropriate IPC and/or SNI (for Plumbing and Sanitary) and
NFPA/SNI (for Fire) commissioning codes, Local authority requirement and this
specification.
C.
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary licences as required by
all relevant authorities before operation of any equipment/system.
D.
All testing and commissioning to enable proper operation of the Works shall be
completed to the satisfaction of the Consultant/Project Manager/Construction
Manager.
Test systems and intersystem performance checklists for systems, systems, and
equipment must be approved by Consultant / Construction Manager before
proceeding.
E.
F.
Perform tests using design conditions.
1. Simulate conditions by imposing an artificial load when it is not practical to test
under design conditions and when written approval for simulated conditions is
received from Engineer. Before simulating conditions, calibrate testing
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 29
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
2.
3.
instruments. Set and document simulated conditions and methods of simulation.
After tests, return settings to normal operating conditions.
Alter set points when simulating conditions is not practical and when written
approval is received from the Engineer.
Alter sensor values with a signal generator when design or simulating conditions
and altering set points are not practical. Do not use sensor to act as signal
generator to simulate conditions or override values.
G.
Scope of Plumbing and Sanitary and Fire systems testing:
1. Testing scope shall include entire Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System
and Fire systems installation, from central equipment through distribution systems
to each conditioned space.
It shall include measuring capacities and
effectiveness of operational and control functions.
2. Test all operating modes, interlocks, control responses, responses to abnormal or
emergency conditions, and verify proper response of building automation system
controllers and sensors.
H.
Detailed Testing Procedures: The Contractor shall prepare and submit detailed testing
plans, procedures, and checklists for Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System
and Fire systems, subsystems, and equipment for Engineers/CM approval.
I.
Contractor/Contractor shall employ thoroughly competent and experienced personnel
to carry out all tests and shall comply with all rules and requirement of the relevant
authorities.
J.
Contractor/Contractor shall be responsible for the complete and thorough testing,
commissioning, adjusting and balancing of the system and equipment installed and to
bring into safe and reliable operation the entire Plumbing and Sanitary and Fire
systems and the other systems included in Contract.
K.
The STP, WTP, Fire Suppression System and fire pump sets shall be commissioned
only by qualified personnel and manufacturer Engineers. Detail and comprehensive
commissioning procedures recommended by the chillers manufacturer shall be strictly
adhered to.
L.
Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Instrumentation and Control
System Testing:
1. Field testing plans and testing requirements are specified in the specification. The
Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Contractor and the BMS
Subcontractor shall collaborate to prepare testing plans.
2. The Contractor shall convene a meeting of appropriate entities to review test
report of Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire instrumentation
and control systems.
M.
Pipe cleaning, flushing, hydrostatic tests and chemical treatment requirements are
specified. Contractor shall prepare pipe system cleaning, flushing, and hydrostatic
testing. The Engineer/Construction Manager shall review and comment on plan and
final reports. The Contractor shall certify that pipe cleaning, flushing, hydrostatic tests,
and chemical treatment have been completed. Water condition to be sent for lab test
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 30
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
after flushing and submit to Construction Manager/Engineer for record. Plan shall
include the following:
1. Sequence of testing and testing procedures for each section of pipe to be
tested, identified by pipe zone or sector identification marker.
2. Description of equipment for flushing operations.
3. Minimum flushing water velocity.
4. Tracking checklist for managing and ensuring that all pipe sections have been
cleaned, flushed, hydrostatically tested, and chemically treated.
5. All water pipe shall be hydrostatically tested at a pressure equal to 1.5 times the
maximum operation pressure or at least 150 PSI whichever is greater.
6. All Water for hydrostatic pressure testing of pipe work system shall be chemical
treated with a suitable cleaning agent. The chemically treated water shall remain
and total filled each section of the system until all sections of the system have
been pressure tested and the complete system is ready for the pre-commission
cleaning operation.
7. After the pressure test all pipes shall be flushed clean in sections.
8. The test pressure shall not be allowed to decrease by more than one (1) percent
over 24-hours period. Leaking shall be repaired by re-welding, replacement of
sections and joints or tightening of bolted flanges. Caulking of joint shall NOT be
allowed
N.
Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Distribution System Testing:
The Contractor shall prepare a testing plan to verify performance of Plumbing,
Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire plant, water distribution system. Plan shall
include the following:
1. Sequence of testing and testing procedures for each item of equipment and
section of pipe to be tested, identified by identification marker.
2. Tracking checklist for managing and ensuring that all pipe sections have been
tested.
O.
Vibration and Sound Tests: The Contractor shall prepare testing plans to verify
performance of vibration isolation and acoustic measures. The Engineer shall witness
and approve tests and inspections.
P.
During the installation stage, all main duct work and risers shall be pressure tested in
section.
Q.
All control system shall be calibrated under operating conditions until smooth and
accurate operation conditions are attained. Control settings shall then be permanently
marked on the control equipment. All calibration procedures shall be properly and fully
recorded.
R.
The Contractor shall check, test, and adjust each and every sensor, controller,
actuator and other accessories for the smooth and fine operation.
S.
All necessary costs for adjustments and replacements shall be borne by Contractor.
T.
The Contractor shall responsible for all electrical tests of all equipment before turning
on and shall be represented by a competent electrical engineer during the whole of
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 31
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
period required for the tests. The Contractor shall supply all necessary instruments,
apparatus, labour for the tests to the satisfaction of the Consultant / Construction
Manager. The cost shall be borne by the Contractor.
U.
The Contractor shall submit performance tests to ensure that the equipment and
system perform to the requirements of the specification.
V.
Deferred Testing:
1. If tests cannot be completed because of a deficiency outside the scope of the
Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire system, the deficiency
shall be documented and reported to Consultant. Deficiencies shall be resolved
and corrected by appropriate parties and test rescheduled.
2. If the testing plan indicates specific seasonal testing, appropriate initial
performance tests shall be completed and documented and additional tests
scheduled.
W.
Testing Reports:
1. Reports shall include measured data, data sheets, and a comprehensive
summary describing the operation of systems at the time of testing.
2. Include data sheets for each controller to verify proper operation of the control
system, the system it serves, the service it provides, and its location. For each
controller, provide space for recording its readout, the reading at the controller's
sensor(s), plus comments. Provide space for testing personnel to sign off on
each data sheet.
3. Prepare a preliminary test report. Deficiencies will be evaluated by the
Engineerto determine corrective action. Deficiencies shall be corrected and test
repeated.
4. If it is determined that the system is constructed according to the Contract
Documents, the Owner will decide whether modifications required to bring the
performance of the system to the OPR and BoD documents shall be implemented
or if tests will be accepted as submitted. If corrective Work is performed, the
Owner will decide if tests shall be repeated and a revised report submitted.
X.
The Contractor/Contractor shall deploy at least 2 skilled and competent workers in
Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire work on a full time basis for
minimum three (3) months after the Completion Date, to attend to complaints relating
to poor performance and to re-adjust equipment to suit system.
Y.
If the test result that the plant and equipment is not functioning in a satisfactory
manner or not complying with the performance requirement of the Specification, the
Contractor shall carry out at his own expense such alterations, replacement and
adjustments as may be required, to the Consultant/Project Manager / Construction
Manager satisfaction.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 32
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
6.0
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
6.1
GENERAL
6.1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing
Owner's personnel, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
6.1.2
Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
Demonstration and training videotapes and materials.
Part B of the specification.
C.
The Contractor shall provide sufficient and proper instructions to be Owner Engineering
staff in the commissioning, operation, maintenance, servicing, and trouble-shooting of
the various plant and systems for a period of at least 2 (two) months during the
Maintenance Period as directed by the Project Manager.
D.
The Contractor shall provide training facilities and training courses and ensure that the
Owner’s staff will acquire full knowledge and appreciation of all aspects of the day to
day operation, breakdown and routine maintenance, and fault diagnosis of all plant,
equipment, and system installed under this Contract. Detailed syllabus and the timing
of the training courses shall be submitted.
E.
The owner will nominate members of his staff to attend the training courses, and the
Contractor shall allow them reasonable access to technical information and
documentation required for proper operation and maintenance. The Contractor shall
also explain this information and documentation to allow the trainees to become fully
conversant with all aspects of the systems.
F.
When training is required to be held in overseas facilities, all necessary costs of airfare,
hotel accommodation, local transportation, food, etc., for two (2) trainees nominated by
the Owner shall be included.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Instruction Program:
Submit two copy of outline of instructional program for
demonstration and training, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of
instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning
objective and outline for each training module.
1.
B.
At completion of training, submit two complete training manual for Owner's use.
Qualification Data: Qualifications of the instructor(s)
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 33
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
6.1.3
C.
Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of
instruction time.
D.
Demonstration and training videotapes and materials.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
6.1.4
Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with
requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation
and maintenance procedures and training.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required
to minimize disrupting Owner's operations.
B.
Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of
instruction time, and course content.
C.
Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and
maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Engineer.
6.2
PRODUCTS
6.2.1
INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
A.
Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training
modules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual
Specification Sections, and as follows:
1. Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Protection systems.
2. Plumbing, Sanitary, Fire Suppression System and Fire Protection instrumentation
and controls.
3. Electrical service and distribution
B.
Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module.
Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to
master. For each module, include instruction for the following:
1. Basis of system design, operational requirements, and criteria.
2. BMS, IBMS, MMS & EMS programming and scheduling.
3. Documentation.
4. Emergencies.
5. Operations.
6. Adjustments.
7. Troubleshooting.
8. Maintenance.
9. Repairs
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 34
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
6.3
EXECUTION
6.3.1
PREPARATION
6.3.2
A.
Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and
training module. Assemble training modules into a combined training manual.
B.
Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.
INSTRUCTION
A.
B.
Instructors to train Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems,
systems, and equipment not part of a system.
1. Engineer will to describe basis of system design, operational requirements,
criteria, and regulatory requirements.
2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy.
3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.
Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 35
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
7.0
PIPEWORK, VALVES AND FITTINGS – PLUMBING, SANITARY, FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM AND FIRE PROTECTION SERVICES
7.1
GENERAL
The word `pipe work' or `piping' shall mean all pipes, drains, tubes, pipe fittings, valves
including hangers, brackets, anchors, expansion devices, sleeves, and all accessories
connected there to for the complete piping installation.
All material installed shall be brand new, original manufacture (non-OEM). Used material
shall not be accepted. Pipes shall have colour banding (without manual painting) to identify
different grades. In addition, all underground piping shall be wrapped in polyethylene.
Pipelines accessories such as gauges, meters, control devices, etc. shall have the same
working pressure rating as the associated pipe work. All pipe work shall be free from burrs,
rust and scale and shall be cleaned before installation. All personnel engaged on welding
operations must possess a certificate of competence issued by an acceptable/recognized
authority.
All pipes and fittings supplied shall be as listed in the latest Local Authorities' approved list.
Prior to any ordering or installation, the Contractor shall furnish the following information for
endorsement:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Manufacturer for all pipes and fittings.
Specification and standard for all pipes and fittings.
Manufacturers' data for all valves, strainers, pipe hangers, mechanical couplings,
flexible or expansion couplings, gauges and for any other equipment as may be
requested by the Project Manager. This shall include printed installation details,
operation and maintenance instructions, performance data, complete parts lists,
materials specification, recommended spare parts lists and any other information as
may be requested by the Project Manager.
Details of all pipes supports, thrust blocks, anchors and pipe guides.
Drawings indicate the nominal sizes of pipes (read as ID = inside diameter) and the
manner in which the various piping systems are to be installed. The actual work
involved shall be ascertained by the Contractor, who shall co-ordinate the pipe work
installation with the work of other trades and services.
Proposed pipe testing and cleaning procedures.
Contractor shall include for all valves necessary for the proper completion, working, isolation
and regulation of the installation.
Exposed pipe work will not be permitted in occupied areas without prior approval. Sizes
indicated for pipes are nominal inside diameter.
All pipe work delivered to site shall be new and shall be colour banded to identify different
grades.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 36
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Changes in direction of pipes shall be made with long sweep elbows. Under no
circumstances shall pipes be bent without the use of fittings.
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for ensuring compliance with any Authorities
requirements for the stamping of valves and for the payment of any fees levied.
Galvanised pipe sleeves shall be provided for pipe passing through walls, floors and beam.
Where the wall and floors concerned are required to be watertight construction, cast-in
puddle flanges shall be provided.
All pipe work shall be installed in such manner to ensure that air cannot be trap and it can be
drain.
Sufficient union or flanges shall be provided to install and dismantle screwed or solvent
jointed sections of pipe work.
All fittings, valves, cocks and etc. shall be manufactured from materials against dezincification.
7.2
OPERATING AND TEST PRESSURES
7.2.1
WATER SYSTEM
a.
The operating pressure of piping systems shall equal the static head of the system plus
the shut-off head of the pump (if any) connected to that system but in no case less than
1000 kPa (10 bar).
b.
All water services operating with design pressures above 2400 kPa (24 bar) shall be
subject to a hydrostatic test pressure of 1.5 times the design pressure by an approved
gauge placed at the highest point of each system.
i. Water system operating with design pressures below 2400 kPa (24 bar) shall
be subject to a hydrostatic test pressure of 1.5 of the design pressure,
recorded by an approved gauge placed at the highest point of each system.
ii. Special precautions shall be necessary to prevent damage to equipment,
valves and fittings and also on lower sections of high rise building and the
approval of the type and method of testing shall be obtained prior to
proceeding.
iii. All tests shall be conducted using treated water and pressures shall be
maintained for a minimum of 24 hours without loss of pressure when
corrected for ambient temperature change as necessary.
iv. Refer also to “Commissioning and Testing” section of this Specification for
flushing out and water treatment requirements.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 37
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
7.2.2
7.2.3
TESTING OF FUEL OIL AND HIGH TEMPERATURE OIL SYSTEMS
A)
Fuel Oil and high temperature oil systems shall be pneumatically tested to a pressure
of 1.5 times the design pressure and comply with all Local Codes as appropriate
B)
On installations where damage to finishes due to possible leakage during testing is not
likely, pressure testing shall be done by using the oil proposed (as the fluid medium),
for the particular system.
C)
The test pressure shall be held for at least 24 hours without loss of pressure when
corrected for ambient temperature change as necessary.
D)
Water shall NOT be used for testing of any oil systems
TESTING OF OPEN VENTS AND DRAINS
All open drains and vents shall be tested by capping off the lowest drain point and filling the
line with the fluid being drained, and visually checking all joints for leakage. No pressure
testing is required.
7.3
PIPE MATERIALS
Pipes and fittings for the various services shall be in accordance with the following table:
PIPE
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
A
Polyethylene HDPE
PE 100 to AS 4130
B
Galvanised steel pipe to ASTM 53
schedule 40 grade from 65 mm and above.
schedule 40 grade for smaller than 65 mm
Black steel pipe to ASTM A 53 schedule 40
grade from 65 mm and above. schedule 40
grade for smaller than 65 mm
Unplasticised PVC pipe Class VP (10
kg/cm2)
C
D
E
Unplasticised PVC pipe Class VU (5
kg/cm2)
F
Copper to ASTM B88 Type L
G
Cast iron pipe to BS EN 877, DIN EN
1561, DIN 19522
FITTINGS/JOINTS
Pipe connections: Butt welding or socket welding to
manufacturer’s specifications.
Fittings, should be comply to AS 4131 connection fixture or
compression fitting
Galvanized mild steel fittings to BS EN 10241: 2000 and flange
joints to BS 4504 screw joint to BS 21 for pipe size up to 50 mm
diameter. Mechanical coupling for pipe size 65 mm and above.
Black mild steel fitting to ANSI B16.3 and flanged joints to BS
4504 screw joint to BS 21 for pipe size up to 50 mm diameter
Mechanical coupling for pipe size 65 mm and above.
UPVC fittings to JIS K6742 Class VP unless otherwise
specified. Solvent welded joints to JIS K 6743. For larger
fittings to JIS K 6739 using solvent cement to JIS K6743. For
larger fittings to JIS K 6739.
UPVC fittings to JIS K6742 Class VP unless otherwise
specified. Solvent welded joints to JIS K 6743. For larger
fittings to JIS K 6739 using solvent cement to JIS K 6743. For
larger fittings to JIS K 6739.
Copper fittings to ASME B16 silver brazing to be used for
soldered joints (up to 50 mm diameter); or copper alloy flanged
joints to ASME 16 (greater than 50 mm diameter)
Cast iron fittings to BS EN 877, hubless joint with stainless steel
collar and rubber seal ring.The inside coating is applied and
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 38
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
PIPE
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
H
PPR (Propylene random copolymer)
I
PP Pipe (Polypropylene Pipe) 3 layer
J
Black steel Seamless Pipe to ASTM A 53
schedule 80 grade from 65 mm and above.
schedule 80 grade for smaller than 65 mm
Acoustic Pipes and fittings
K
7.4
FITTINGS/JOINTS
burnt in in two separate layers of 120 µm each.
To comply with ISO 21003 and ASTM F2389 for pipe and DIN
16962 for fittings. Faser composite. Pipe pressure class for hot
and cold water shall be SDR 7.4 & SDR 9 type.Thermal
conductivity for PPR material shall not more than 0.015 m/Wk.
Pressure rating: 20 bar (PN20), 25 bar (PN25).
Comply with EN 1451-1, ISO 7671, and AS/NZS 7671. Push-fit
connection with integrated sockets and sealing rings. Green
Building certified.
Black mild steel fitting to ANSI B16.3 and flanged joints to BS
4504 screw joint to BS 21 for pipe size up to 50 mm diameter
Pipes : Homopolymer polypropylene for the internal and
external layers, mix of polypropylene and mineral loads for the
intermediate layer’
Fittings : Homopolymer polypropylene + mineral charges,
Ventilation Branch Fittings : (PP + Minerals)
PIPEWORK TYPES
Pipe work and fittings for the various services shall be in accordance with the following table:
Maximal Working
Pressure
Pipe work Type
(refer to table above)
16 bar
B
B
B
16 bar
B
16 bar
B
16 bar, 25 bar
B
16 bar
B
16 bar
10 bar
5 bar
16 bar
Gravity
B
G
G
G
G
Vent pipes
Rainwater/ condensate pipework (c/w isolation)
5 bar
10 bar
C
G
Storm water pipework (external buried)
Rainwater pipework (building reticulation gravity drains down
pipes)
Sprinkler/Hydrant pipework (external buried)
10 bar
G
10 bar
G
25 bar
B
Service
Sleeves
Penetrations with puddle flange
Raw/Recycled/Irrigation water pipework (external buried)
Raw/Recycled/Irrigation water pipework (in plant rooms and for
building reticulation)
Clean water pipework (in plant rooms before pump installation)
Suction header, discharge header
Clean water pipework (in plant rooms after discharge header
installation to roof tank)
Clean water/recycle water pipework (building reticulation) after
PRV
Hot water pipework
Soil/Waste water pipework (external buried) c/w isolation
Soil/Waste/drainage water pipework (pumped)
Soil/Waste water pipework (building reticulation)
Soil and Waste water pipework
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 39
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Service
Maximal Working
Pressure
Pipe work Type
(refer to table above)
Sprinkler/Hydrant pipework (building reticulation)
25 bar
B
Sprinkler Pre-action pipework (building reticulation)
25 bar
B
Condensate drainage connection to outlets (with isolations)
10 bar
B
Exhaust engine pipe (complete with rockwool insulation and
C
metal jacketing)
Fire Suppresion Pipe/Novec Pipe (Seamless pipe)
300 bar
J
Notes
(1)
Cast iron piping required for kitchen waste water, Sewage Water, Waste Water and Rain Water
pipework.
(2)
colour shall be different with clean water pipe All pipes/materials at refuge area shall be fire
rated or steel.
7.5
PIPE JOINTS
Cast Iron Couplings – Program
Stainless Steel Coupling with Single Bolt Screw and EPDM Rubber Sealing shall be used for
connecting both Cast Iron Hubless Pipe and Fittings. All Couplings shall be of Electrical
Continuity type. Electrical Continuity Test Report shall be provided. The coupling shall be
of Dukorapid Coupling type.
Ductile Iron Pipes
In general, for all types of joints, the pipe, the joint and jointing ring or material shall be
thoroughly cleaned of dirt, grease and grit before any jointing commences. The pipe shall
be properly supported, bedded and lined up before the joint is set up and made.
Spigot and socket joint with rubber ring shall be made in accordance with the manufacturers'
detailed instructions. The joint rings shall be cleaned, lubricated with the manufacturers'
recommended material and accurately positioned. The joint shall be firmly pushed in.
No lead caulked joints would be permitted.
Flange joints shall be carefully cleaned, centred and lined up with only 3 mm allowed for the
gasket between the faces of the flange. The flange gasket shall be carefully positioned and
held by the flanged bolts. The bolts are to be tightened evenly and steadily all round the
order of tightening being alternate or opposite as directed.
Miscellaneous Pipe Joints
Other types of proprietaries made mechanical couplings such as Victaulic joints may be used
subject to Project Manager's acceptance/ approval.
All screwed joints shall be made in accordance with BS 21 using jointing compound carefully
selected to suit the type of service.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 40
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Sufficient joints shall be provided to ensure that access to equipment for maintenance,
removal and replacement can be affected without dismantling large sections of pipe work or
adjacent plant.
Where pipe work is connected to items of equipment having flanges of dissimilar metal to the
pipe work, and then isolating flanges of proprietary brand shall be used with plastic bolt
inserts.
No pipe joint shall be permitted within the thickness of walls or floors, etc.
Pipe unions shall be installed to facilitate the future removal of pipe work in sections and
where pipe work connects to fixed items of plant.
7.5.1
WELDING OF PIPE WORK
Ferrous Pipe work
Oxy-acetylene and metal arc welding of steel pipe work shall be Class II to BS 4515 as
appropriate.
Gas welding of steel pipe work of 65 mm and above shall not be permitted unless prior
permission is obtained.
The welding procedures and standards must be submitted for approval before any work
commences.
All personnel engaged on welding operation must possess a certificate of competence
issued by an approved authority. These certificates must be produced for inspection by the
Project Manager before any welding is undertaken. Each weld shall be given a suitable
mark in order that the operative concerned may be identified. This will be rigidly enforced.
Butt welds shall be made using the "single V" principle where the pipe ends shall be cut
square and bevelled with all internal and external burrs removed. Pipes shall be properly
aligned before welding is commenced and care shall be taken during the operation that the
weld does not penetrate unduly and restrict the pipe bore.
Branch welds shall be made using manufactured branch fittings accurately profiled to fit the
pipe. The openings in the main shall be correctly shaped to coincide with the branch and
both pieces shall have bevelled edges. All burrs shall be removed before welding is
commenced and the branch piece shall not project into the bore of the main.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate staging and protection from
weather to enable the welding operations to be properly performed. No welding shall be
carried out:
a
b
c
When surfaces of materials are wet;
In rain or high wind;
When the temperature of the parent metal is 5oC or below.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 41
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Because of the serious repercussions which will result in the failure of a weld in the plant
rooms and the mains distribution, the Contractor will be expected to diligently supervise his
welding labour force.
The Project Manager reserves the right to order at random the cutting out of 2% of the
welded joints for inspection and testing. Should any one of the above welds prove faulty in
materials or workmanship, further removal of welds may be ordered up to a total of 4% of the
total welded joints. If the number of welds failing the tests within the above 4% is sufficient to
suggest that an operative is not consistent in his standard, the Project Manager may order
any number of that operative's welds to be removed. The cutting out and repair of all such
welds for inspection shall be at the cost of the Contractor.
Again, because of the serious repercussions of a failed weld, in addition to the above, each
weld made on pipes and fittings having a nominal diameter of 200 mm above shall be 100%
and 25% below 200mm diameter shall be inspected and tested using an approved nondestructive inspection process (e.g. radiographic, etc.).
The Contractor's attention is drawn to the magnitude of this task, the confines of the mains,
and the time frame within which testing must be carried out.
All testing shall be at the cost of the Contractor. Test for each weld so tested are to be
recorded and passed to the Project Manager in approved form.
Welding shall not be permitted on galvanized pipe work under any circumstances. The
welding joints and the edge preparation shall be inspected by the Project Manager.
Copper (general)
Brazed joints shall be to BS 1723:1963.
Welding rods shall be suitable for the piping materials and atmospheric conditions to BS
1845:1977.
Copper (water work systems)
Specific requirements for water work copper pipe work are as follows:
•
•
7.5.2
Pipework shall be to ASTM B88 type L, clean, dehydrated and hermetically sealed. Pipe
shall be supplied in straight lengths. If necessary to meet a specific purpose annealed
tubes (supplied in straight lengths or coiled) can be supplied and installed.
Pipe joints shall be silver soldered to ASTM 828.
FLANGED JOINT
A. Flanged joints shall be made according to BS 4504. Flanges shall be smooth machined
across the width of the flange and on the edge.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 42
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
B. Blank flanges where required shall be manufactured from the same material and
thickness as the flanges to which they are mating.
C. Flanges shall be mounted square with the axis of the pipe after removing all surface
scale, oxides, grease, oil and dirt.
D. Gaskets for flanges joining shall be reinforced neoprene full face gaskets to BS 1737.
E. The gasket applied shall be suitable for temperature, pressure and type of fluid.
7.5.3
PIPE FITTING
A. Pipe fitting shall be as specified hereunder for the various pipe materials.
B. Long sweep bends shall be used in preference to round elbows wherever practicable.
Square elbows shall not be used. Tees shall be of easy sweep of twin elbow pattern
except where square tees are required for venting or draining etc.
C. Bushes shall not be used and where a reduction in pipe size is required reducing
sockets shall be used. Eccentric reducing sockets shall be used wherever necessary to
ensure proper drainage of elimination of air pockets. Reducers on vertical pipe work
shall be concentric.
7.5.4
PIPE SUPPORT
Piping shall be supported from the building structure and shall support the sum of the load of
a water-filled pipe plus a minimum of 120 kg applied at the point of hanging. The support
system shall be in accordance wioth BS 3974.
Vertical pipe work shall be supported at intervals of at least one per floor level, and at any
piping change of direction (bend or elbow).
Horizontal pipe work shall be supported by adjustable flat iron or clevis type hangers hung by
hot rolled steel rods of the following diameters and at the following spacing, subject to the
Engineers approval.
All hanger materials are to be galvanized including Nuts, Bolts and threaded rod.
Pipe material
uPVC
(unplasticized polyvinyl chloride)
Steel
Pipe size
(DN)
25-40
50-80
100
150
15
20-32
40-50
65-100
125
150
200
Support distance
Horizontal
Vertical
(m)
(m)
0.9
1.2
1.4
2.0
1.9
2.8
2.3
3.4
1.8
2.4
2.4
3.0
2.4
3.7
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.5
4.5
5.5
6.0
8.5
Diameter
of rod
(mm)
8
10
12
16
8
10
10
12
16
18
25
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 43
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Pipe material
Copper pipe type L
Pipe size
(DN)
20 & 25
32 & 40
50
65
Support distance
Horizontal
Vertical
(m)
(m)
1.2
2.0
1.8
2.5
2.1
3.1
2.4
3.6
Diameter
of rod
(mm)
10
10
10
12
*) or as per manufacture's recommendation.
Submit proposed pipe support details to Engineer for approved for sizes and materials not
listed.
The end of the steel rods shall be threaded and not welded to threaded bolt.
Hangers shall be supported by means of approved fasteners as shown on the drawings.
Wood plugs shall not be used. Unless allowed by the structural engineer, power fixings may
be used for pipe work of diameter less than 50 mm. Expansion fasteners may be used for
vertical pipe work under 100 mm diameter.
Additional supports shall be provided adjacent to valves etc., and other large pipeline
mounted items to prevent undue strain on adjoining pipework. Additional supports shall also
be provided adjacent to pump connections etc., to prevent undue strain on plant.
The contractor shall be responsible for the building in of all supports etc., and Contractor
should allow for using ‘Philips Red head Bolt’ or similar fixings for concrete and cutting away
and building in of brackets in brickwork etc. Contractor should note that it may not be
possible to fix bolts directly above the pipes to be supported and cantilever angles above the
pipe channels are to be used where required.
All supports, hanger brackets, etc., shall be of hot-dipped galvanised mild steel construction
to BS729:1971 part 1 with min. Coating of 85 and 210 for indoor and outdoor installation
respectively.
All bolts and nuts shall be electroplated with zinc or cadmium to BS 3382: parts 1 and 2 with
minimum plating thickness of 25.
Neoprene gasket shall be provided between clamp and pipe or dissimilar material.
Vertical pipe work shall be guide or supported in the centre of each riser with steel brackets
to prevent swaging, sagging and vibration.
Vertical riser pipes shall be supported at the base and the support shall withstand the total
weight of the pipe and fluid contained.
Supports shall not be allowed in such a way the pipe will be in direct contact with the building
fabric or structure.
Plastic pipework shall be supported using the pipework manufacturer’s standard support clip.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 44
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
All chilled water pipework shall be supported around the insulation and not the pipe work
directly with due care not to damage the integrity of the vapour barrier.
Double banking of pipe work from a single support position will be allowed, provided the
normal operating temperatures of the fluids in the two pipes do not differ by more than 30C.
Triple banking is not permitted.
Where double banking is permitted due to space restriction, the larger of the two pipes shall
be uppermost. Where pipes are the same size but of different materials, then the pipe
having the lowest coefficient of expansion shall be uppermost. Support spacing for doublebanked pipework of different sizes shall be based on the similar size.
7.5.5
PIPE ANCHORS, THRUST BLOCKS AND EXPANSION
Anchor points shall be provided where necessary whether this is shown on the Drawings or
not and shall be constructed from channel iron secured to the building structure.
Anchors shall be positioned in association with pipework change in direction and propriety
expansion compensators, etc., such as to absorb the stresses due to pipe work expansion
and internal pressures by transmission of such forces to the ground or structure at
appropriate points.
The contractor should particularly note that in addition to serving the purpose of constraining
the pipeline, the anchors may be used in connection with the testing of pipe work, and at
such items, it will be necessary to have the extreme ends of the main being tested held with
the anchors to prevent the pipeline drawing apart due to the thrust pressures exerted at the
two ends of the pipe.
All details and sizes of thrust and anchor blocks shall be submitted for approval.
Stress in pipe work due to expansion and contraction shall be kept below the yield point.
Whenever possible expansion and contraction shall be absorbed by natural offsets and
changes in pipe directions. When it is not possible to accommodate expansion and
contraction of the pipe work as described above, expansion devices shall be provided in the
pipe work installation.
The exact location and working details including anchor loads of all expansion devices,
guides and anchors shall be submitted to the Architect for approval.
Connections to plant and equipment shall be made so that no stress is placed on the
equipment or its connections.
Where the pipework installation is required to be tested in sections, extra anchor point shall
be installed where necessary for protection of the expansion devices.
Each axial expansion device shall be guided as close as possible on both sides of the joint,
but in no case more than 1.5 diameters away. A further set of guides shall be installed at a
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 45
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
distance not more than 15 diameters away from the device or more stringent requirements
imposed by the manufacturer.
7.5.6
AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS
a). Automatic air vents cocks of adequate size and approved by the Engineer shall be
provided at all high points on water pipe works riser of along pipe line where air lock is
deemed possible.
b). Where such points are inaccessible, air bottles shall be provided with the vent pipe turned
over and carried down to a point 1200mm above floor level, terminating in a vent cock.
c). Automatic air vents shall gunmetal or brass body, non-ferrous or stainless-steel floats and
guides and non-corrodible valve seats.
Each valve shall incorporate a lock shield valve and the discharge pipe shall be run to the
nearest agreed drain point.
7.5.7
GUIDES
Pipe guides shall be installed for all pipe work.
Guides for ferrous pipe work shall be of mild steel riders welded to the pipes on roller or
P.T.F.E sliding supports restrained with U-bolts on brackets or as otherwise detailed on the
Drawings.
7.5.8
PIPE SLEEVES
Pipe sleeves shall be provided and installed by the Contractor for casting in where pipes
penetrate the concrete structure. The minimum clearance between the pipe and pipe sleeve
shall not be less than 25 mm, unless noted on the drawings.
Sleeves through fire rated partitions or walls or floor shall be of galvanised wrought iron pipe.
The annular space of pipe sleeves shall be tightly packed with approved fire-rated material.
Where sleeves occur in finished spaces, solid close fitted chrome plated steel plates secured
by screws shall be provided.
The Contractor shall set out all core holes and sleeves in floors, walls, beams and columns
in conjunction with the fixing of form work and/or placing of concrete and checking that the
location of any core holes and/or sleeves already installed are correct.
To prevent weakening of the building structure all core holes shall be approved by the
Project Manager prior to placing of concrete. Every pipe passing through a core hole shall
be back filled with concrete to the satisfaction and approval of the Project Manager.
7.5.9
INSTALLATION STANDARD
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 46
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
All pipe work shall be installed to meet structural, architectural, and functional conditions and
shall not interfere with the work of other trades.
All pipe work shall be installed and supported so that it is free from excessive stresses due to
weight from its contents plus its own dead weight, dynamic forces due to liquid movement,
and expansion and contraction due to change in temperature. Expansion joints shall be
provided in accordance with AS 3500.4.
Pipe work connected to the pumps shall be separately supported so as not to impose any
load on the pump casings.
Care shall be taken to ensure neat and workmanlike appearance as well as true alignment
and grade.
Every care shall be taken to prevent air pockets in pipe work. Where necessary, air vents
shall be fitted and shall be connected by piping to drain into the nearest floor drain.
Pipes stored at site or installed shall have their ends closed with a metal cap or plugged with
a wooden plug to prevent any ingress of debris or whenever possible.
All pipes deliver to site must be inspected before unloading from transportation by
Construction Manager Team. Rejected pipes to be remove immediately from site.
All steel pipes deliver to site must produce mild certificate enclose with delivery order. Failure
to comply, Construction Manager have the right to reject those pipes deliver and to be
remove immediately.
Long sweep bends shall be used whenever practicable. Neither square bends nor bending
pipes on site shall be allowed.
When the size of pipes exceeds 50mm diameter, approved fire collars shall be fitted at all
positions where such pipes pass through fire rated constructions.
Copper pipework to be installed in accordance with the following:
Piping systems to be installed in accordance with practices detailed in CDA Handbook the
Cooper Tube Hand book.
7.5.10
PIPE PRESSURE TESTING
Test pressures, which shall be one and half of the working pressure unless otherwise
directed, are to be maintained for 24 hours with drop does not allowance
The Project Manager shall be given advance notice when testing is to be carried out so that
he may have the opportunity of witnessing the tests. The Contractor shall supply a suitable
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 47
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
pump, pressure gauges, connections etc. and so all necessary work for carrying out the
various tests.
The Contractor shall keep on site a record book of the tests carried out which shall be
signed by the Project Manager upon satisfactory completion of the Test. The proposed
format of the book shall be submitted for approval.
Plant and regulating valves shall not be connected to the respective services while tests are
in progress. Particular care must be taken to exclude all air from the systems during tests.
7.5.11
VALVES
GENERAL
All valves shall be of approved manufacture complying with the working pressure involved.
All valves shall preferably be of a single make and as detailed elsewhere in this
specification.
Valve working pressure shall be selected minimum the same as working pressure of the
services.
Valves shall be so installed as to be readily accessible for testing and maintenance. Valves
shall close in less than 5 seconds when operated at maximum possible speed from fully
open position.
All stop valves shall be right-handed i.e. turned clockwise to shut. Controlling wheels shall
be clearly marked showing in which direction the wheel is to be turned to close the valve and
an indicator which shall show whether the valve is open or shut.
All stop valves in the water supply main and the main stop valve shall be secured open by a
padlocked chain/leather strap.
Test cocks shall be provided at all locations shown on the drawing and the following
locations:
a
b
15 mm diameter cock with hose bib attachment downstream of each flow switch;
20 mm diameter cock downstream of pressure switch at discharge of all plumbing
pumps.
All valves in each instance shall be suitable in all respects for the class of service and
function. All valves shall be sized not less than the pipe size. Valves installed inside plant
room and more than 2 m above floor level shall be provided with chain operators.
All valves for all functions shall be identified by means of a tag or label which shall clearly
indicate the following:
a
Service;
b
Valve number.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 48
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
All valves and accessories for thermal oil system must be able to suit for high temperature of
the system (min 350ºC) and made of cast steel.
7.5.12
ISOLATING (GATE) VALVE
Up to 50 mm: Bronze gate to BS 5154 series `B', rising stem, solid wedge disc, inside screw,
union bonnet; female threaded (BS 21) connection; fitted with enamelled metal and hand
wheel. Valves for working pressure above 20 bars shall be to BS 5154 PN 32 series B.
65 mm and above: Ductile or Cast-Iron steel body to BS 5154 (or better), bolted bonnet; solid
wedge disc and bronze trim; inside screw, rising stem, flange connection (PN 25), fitted with
cast iron hand wheel. Valves for working pressure above 16 bars shall be of PN 25 cast
steel wedge gate valve with flanges.
50mm and above for hydrant services: Butterfly valve ULFM approved for fire hydrant
allocation.
OS&Y type shall use for firefighting installation.
7.5.13
CHECK VALVES
Check valves shall be designed to prevent grinding of seat and disc after assembly, with
removable cap for inspection of bearings and disc movement.
Valves shall be flanged (PN 25) cast steel body, 316 stainless steel trim, spring and disc.
Fire services valves shall be flanged to PN32.
For valve size 65 mm diameters and above:
Provide silent check valves of the non-slam, centre-guided globe type or duo check type.
Valves shall be so designed such that closing action is controlled by spring to return disc to
seat before zero velocity and before reversal of flow takes place in pipeline. Valves shall be
provided with flanges to PN 25.
Discs shall be free floating, centre-guided and controlled by velocity of flow without aid of
grease or counterweight balance.
For valves 50 mm diameter and below:
Swing check valve to BS 5154 series `B', bronze, with removable hinge pin and screwed
cap, suitable for operation in either horizontal or vertical position. Threaded (BS 21)
connection for 50 mm and smaller. For valves above 20 bar working pressure, class 300
carbon steel swing check valve with PN 25 flanges and provide with clean out plugs and
generally with offset swing flappers. Also provided with removable cap, re-grinding disc and
seating ring.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 49
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
7.5.14
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
Each pressure relief valve shall be of the fully enclosed type and fitted with hand casing
gear.
Each pressure relief valve in a pressure reducing station shall have a flow capacity equal to
that of the pressure reducing valve. Pressure relief valves in locations other than reducing
stations shall have flow capacities equal to that of the associated equipment.
For Fire Fighting shall use UL/FM type.
7.5.15
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (PRV) and PRESSURE RESTRICTING VALVE (PRAV)
•
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
Pressure reducing valves shall be provided where water pressure exceeds 400 kPa (4
bar) for plumbing system and 10 bar (for hydrant and sprinkler system).
Pressure reducing valve shall be full port. Pressure reducing Valve can be installed
either vertically or horizontally.
For Plumbing Installations (non-UL type):
Valves shall be pilot operated, single seated, tight closing, internal spring loaded, with
spring suitable for the proper pressure differential. Pressure reducing valves shall have
low flow by-pass to reduced inlet Pressure to avoid cavitation, screwed flanged
ends or flanged end or groove ends. PRV shall be of bronze construction, stainless
steel spring, neoprene high temperature resisting diaphragm, provided with stainless
steel strainer and adjusting screw with locknut.
For Fire Fighting (UL type) :
Pressure Reducing Valves is indispensable in any fire protection system. Diaphragm
actuated shall highly reliable and easy to maintain. A globe or angle shall be patterned
with a full range of adjustments. Body coating shall be epoxying coating (internal and
external epoxy coating) of the main valve wetted surfaces.
Pressure Reducing Valves shall automatically reduce a higher inlet pressure to a steady
lower outlet pressure regardless of changing flow rate and/or varying inlet pressure. The
valves pilot control system sensitively to slight downstream pressure fluctuations, and
shall automatically open or close to maintain the desired pressure setting. The
downstream pressure can be set over a wide range by turning the adjustment screw on
the CRD pilot control. The adjustment screw is protected by a screw-on cover, which
can be sealed to discourage tampering.
Typical Application
Underwriters Laboratories requires the installation of pressure gauges upstream and
downstream of the Pressure reducing Valve. A relief valve of not less than 1/2 inch in
size must be installed on the downstream side of the pressure control valve. Adequate
drainage for the relief valve discharge must be provided.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 50
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Main valve body & cover: Ductile Iron - ASTM A536
Main valve internal trim: Bronze ASTM B61
Pilot control system–Pilot control valve: Bronze ASTM B62 with Stainless Steel 303
internal trim.Copper tubing with brass fittings
Main valve and pilot valve diaphragm and disc: Buna-N® synthetic rubber
End Details: 300# (Ductile Grooved End).
Pressure Differential 10 PSI Min.
Pressure Adjustment Range: 300 lb. Class 30 – 165 psi
•
PRESSURE RESTRICTING HOSE VALVES (PRAV)
Pressure restricting hose valves are used to restrict the pressure of flowing water up to
175 PSI. They are angle hose valves with preset orifices which restrict the volume of
water and thereby lower the pressure of the flowing water. NFPA requires restricting
valves where the inlet pressure exceeds 100 PSI. Pin may be removed by fire fighters
to allow fully open valve.
Unlike pressure regulating (reducing) type valves, pressure restricting valves have no
effect on the static pressure of a system.
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
U/L Listed & FM Approved
175 PSI max operating pressure
NPT inlet or grooved inlet options
Material: Cast brass
Special threaded outlets shall follow local standard.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 51
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
7.5.16
Water Hammer Eliminator
The Water Hammer Eliminator shall be Bronze Body and HA Assembly shall consist of Silent
Check Valve, Ball Valve, Y-Strainer & Piping System. The HA Unit shall be able to eliminate
the back pressure and noise caused by stopping of the booster and transfer pumps.
A check valve of ductile iron body shall be installed just after the pump, also ensure that the
HA Unit be installed downstream of the first check valve. When the pumps stop, the HA Unit
shall successfully release water hammer pressure by discharge water from the drain port.
The HA drain shall connect to the water tank or discharged to a floor trap connection.
•
•
•
Working pressure: 10 bar
Working temperature: 0 to 60ºC
Shock elimination ability: 300 bar
Number of HA unit shall be installed as per Manufacturer recommendation.
7.5.17
Water Hammer Arrester
Water Hammer Arrester shall be installed in typical toilet units. Water Hammer Arrester
(shock Absorber) manufactures from stainless Steel tube with excellent corrosion
resistance, with pistons and O-ring and the air layer which is completely isolated from water
by O-ring. The O-ring shall be guaranteed life span. The product shall be manufactured to
meet the PDI (the Plumbing & Drainage Institute) specification and to ensure perfect
operation as a water hammer arrester and has been checked and proven through 100.000
cycle tests.
Product specifications:
1. Body
: 304 SS
2. Piston
: PP
3. O-ring
: EPDM (2EA)
4. Adapter
: Stainless Steel
5. Air chamber capacity for 4kg/cm² air change
6. Air vent valve
: brass Cr coating.
7. Operating pressure
: 10 kg/cm²
8. Maximum operating pressure
: 32 kg/cm²
9. Maximum operating temperature
: 100ºC
7.5.18
BUTTERFLY VALVES
Butterfly valves shall be double eccentric type with double integral flange. Valves shall be
capable of drop tight service at least 10% higher than the specified working pressure when
installed between flanges. Dead-end capability shall also be drop tight at the full rated
pressure.
The body shall be of cast steel or ductile iron to meet the specified working pressure. An
interval travel stop shall be cast in the body to provide positive close positioning. Seat shall
be suitable for the service temperature. It shall be mechanically retained, field replaceable
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 52
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
and provide continuous 360o seating. Disc shall be aluminium-bronze or equivalent. Disc
design shall provide maximum flow area, high capacity with equalinear flow characteristics.
The shaft shall be of stainless steel 316 or equivalent with working pressure suitable for
above 20 bar (PN 20). The shaft shall be two-piece types and fasten to the disc by means of
taper pins or disc screws.
Valves shall have upper and lower inboard bearing providing strength and low friction for
easy operation and lifetime service.
The valve upper shaft shall have bushing providing additional support for absorbing side
thrust load and bi-directional packing suitable for pressure or vacuum service.
All manual butterfly valves up to 150 mm shall be fixed with 10 position locked levers.
Valves over 150 mm shall be fixed with hand wheel worm gear type with position indicators
and limit stops to adjust at full open and full close.
For Fire Fighting shall use UL/FM type
7.5.19
GLOBE VALVES
Up to and including 50 mm size, globe valves shall be of bronze globe type with inside
screw, stuffing box and screw end connections.
For 65 mm size and above, globe valves shall be of cast iron/ductile iron body for PN 20 and
PN 25 respectively, with outside screw and yoke type, with flanged end connections to BS
4504.
Globe valves shall have re-grinding renewable disc and seat ring, bronze trimmed non-rising
stem.
For Fire Fighting shall use UL/FM type
7.5.20
BALL / FLOAT VALVES
Equilibrium type to BS 1212: Part 1. Foam plastic ball float with stainless steel rod and
double lock nuts or copper ball float complete with brass rod. The valve shall be made of
cast iron or bronze body and suitable for minimum working pressure to PN 16. Screwed
joints shall be provided for up to 65 mm diameter and flanged joints for 80 mm diameter and
above.
7.5.21
AUTOMATIC AIR RELIEF VALVES
Provide automatic air vent at all high points, whether shown on the drawings or not.
Automatic air vent shall be of float type. Drainpipe shall be provided and terminated at
nearest floor drain or waste.
Locking device to be provided, so that the valve can only be opened when the water level
drops to a pre-determined level.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 53
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
For Fire Fighting shall use UL/FM type
7.5.22
SOLENOID VALVES/MOTORIZED VALVES
Each solenoid valve shall be of the packless type with coils wound for 230-volt AC operation
and requiring power to open and of adequate capacity to ensure that the valve shall open
with maximum pressure differential that will be encountered in the installation. Each valve
shall have a bronze body screwed to BS 21, stainless steel disc and stainless-steel seat
unless indicated otherwise for the service.
Solenoid valves shall be installed strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
The valve shall be suitable for the system working pressure and of minimum PN 20.
7.5.23
STRAINERS
Strainers shall be installed on all systems and equipment susceptible to damage from dirt,
grit or foreign matter including, but not limited to pumps, control valves and where required
and indicated.
Strainers shall be Y-pattern bucket type of not less than full line size. Unit shall be
constructed of cast iron or copper alloy body with stainless steel screen of perforations. The
total perforation area shall not be less than twice the cross-sectional area of the pump
suction pipe. Strainer with working pressure above 20 bars shall be of cast steel type.
For sizes up to 50 mm, screwed connection shall be used whilst flanged joints (PN 20) shall
be used for 65 mm and upward. Flanged shall be to PN 25 for valves with working pressure
above 20 bars. Drain cocks shall be provided on all strainers over 50mm.
a
b
c
7.5.24
Size 15 - 50 mm
Y-type strainers with screwed cover, 18/8 stainless steel screen, 26 SWG with 0.8 mm
perforations. Ends screwed BS 21 taper thread.
Service Rating : 10oC to 100oC
10.5 bar 186oC sat steam.
Size 65 - 150 mm
Y-type single basket strainer, 20 mesh stainless steel screen, bolted cover. Flanged
and drilled to BS 4504.
Size 200 mm and above
Bucket type strainers, 40 mesh stainless steel screens, bolted cover. Flanged and
drilled to BS 4504.
PRESSURE SWITCHES
Pressure switches including differential pressure switches shall be of acceptable design.
They shall be electrically operated and of diaphragm, bellows or bourdon tube operating type
and shall have adjustable set points with an integral time delay devices.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 54
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Pressure range shall be graduated in metric and shall not exceed the anticipated maximum
operating pressure or maximum operating differential pressure at that point or points in the
pipe by more than 50%.
7.5.25 PRESSURE GAUGES
Pressure gauges shall conform to BS 5180 - "Bourdon tube pressure and vacuum gauges".
The maximum scale value of the gauge shall be about 150% of the anticipated maximum
operating pressure. It shall be graduated both in units bar and kg/cm2
Provisions shall be installed to enable each pressure gauge to be easily removed without
interruption to the installation. A stainless-steel pulsation snubber shall be used in
conjunction with the pressure gauge.
Gauges shall have an enamel iron case, 100 mm diameter dial face, threaded chromiumplated brass ring with heavy glass, bronze spring tube, precision movement micrometer
adjustment. Pressure gauge shall be installed with gauge cocks mounted in a location
where they are easy to read.
7.5.26
DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES
Double regulating valves shall be installed as shown on the drawing for water balancing
purposes. Valves shall be suitable for the working hydraulic pressure and installed with the
valve stem truly vertical or horizontal.
Size up to 50mm.
a). Disc, bonnet and body shall be of gunmetal construction. Seats rings shall be carbon
filled TFE. Valves stem shall be stainless steel.
b). Valves shall have differential pressure readout ports across valve seat area. Read out
ports shall be filled with internal NPT tapped drain port.
c). Valves shall have memory stop feature to allow valve to be closed for service and reopened to originally set position.
d). Precise double regulation with indicator. Pressure and water flow relationship at different
pre-set graduation shall be read off from certified flow charts. Once set, the position of
the regulation shall be tampering proof.
e). Valves shall be complete with the facilities for flow measurement, regulation and isolation.
f). Valve shall be screwed end connection to BS21.
g). Valves shall be lock tight at full rated working pressure.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 55
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Size 65 to 350mm
a). Bonnet and body shall be of cast iron construction of high quality to BS1452 Grade 220
(up to 2100kPa) or cast steel construction of high quality to BS1504-161 Gr 480 (up to
4000kPa).
b). Cast iron disc with bronze trim and stainless-steel stem.
c). Readout ports, drain port and memory stop feature shall be same as balancing valves up
to 50mm.
d). Precise double regulation with indicator. Pressure and water flow relationship at different
pre-set graduation shall be read off from certified flow charts.
e). Valves shall be complete with facilities for flow measurement, regulation and isolation.
f). Valve shall be leak tight at full rated working pressure.
Flow measurement accuracy shall be within +-5% across complete range of flow rates from
10% to 100%.
At completion of the work, one new set of test equipment shall be handed over to
Construction Manager Team for subsequent monitoring and adjustment by the Owner Staff.
7.5.27
PIPE ANTI VIBRATION CONNECTORS
Flexible connectors shall be provided to prevent vibration from all rotating equipment.
Flexible locators shall be located as close to the rotating equipment as practical.
Pipe line vibration eliminators shall be of stainless steel convoluted bellows type. The unit
shall be suitable for working pressure of 150% greater than the maximum operating pump
head. Provide flanged stainless steel corrugated hose with braid as necessary to satisfy
pressure requirements in order to absorb axial and lateral movements.
Care shall be taken to restrain longitudinal thrust due to internal pressure in the flexible
connectors. Piping shall be anchored on the side of the flexible connectors remote from the
rotating equipment. The manufacturer's recommendations for the installation of flexible
connectors shall be strictly observed. Where flexible connectors are used, the flanges of
these connectors shall be drilled and tapped to avoid the use of nuts on flange bolts. Flange
bolts shall not project more than one thread through the flexible connection flange.
7.5.28
EXPANSION JOINTS
Expansion joints shall be provided for the pipe work passing through the building expansion
joint whether is shown on the drawings or not. Expansion joints shall be of reputable
proprietary make and constructed of monel or stainless steel convoluted bellows, flanged
connection, stainless steel line and expansion restraining bolts or limit stops, compression
restraining T-rings, working pressure compatible with the piping system.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 56
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Working pressure of the expansion joint shall not be less than twice the system pressure
involved.
Wherever necessary, due allowance shall be made for the expansion and contraction of pipe
work by change in direction of pipe work, or expansion loops, whether shown on the
Drawings or not.
7.5.29
GASKETS
Gaskets shall be suitable for temperature, service and pressure of system, installed in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Make-up flanged joints with one-piece
ring gaskets, 1.5 mm thick neoprene rubber. Flanged joints between dissimilar metals:
insulating gaskets, sleeves and washers between flanges, bolts and nuts respectively.
Gaskets shall conform to ANSI 816.21 and ASTM 2000.
7.5.30
FLOW SWITCHES
Flow switch shall be electrically operated. They shall be so located that there is a straight
horizontal run of five pipe size diameters on each side of the flow switch or as recommended
by the flow switch manufacturer, whichever is greater.
The flow switch shall be suitable for the pipe size and expected flow rate and shall be
furnished with adjustable flow setting.
All parts to the flow switch which may come into contact with water shall be of non-ferrous
pipe to prevent any electrolytic action.
7.5.31
WATER LEVEL CONTROLLERS
Water level controllers shall be provided and fitted in all water tanks for monitoring the water
levels in the water tanks and give the appropriate control/warning signals for the system.
Water level controllers shall be of the float less type using water-proof sensing electrodes
with controller containing the switching circuitries and control relays, suitable for conductive
liquids like water and dilute acidic fluid. It shall be used to automatically operate sequential
pump sets and give low- and high-level alarms. However, provisions shall also be provided
for manual override to enable manual operation of pump sets.
Sensing electrodes and the controller shall be suitable for operating temperature of up to 55
degree C.
7.5.32
THERMOMETERS
All thermometers shall be installed as indicated on the drawings.
All thermometers shall be the Industrial Heavy Duty type.
All thermometers may be either 4" Ø ( 100 mm Ø ) dial face or direct reading alcohol and in
the range suitable for the particular temperature service.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 57
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
All thermometers must be installed in immersion wells of approved manufacture. These
wells shall be filled with an approved heat transfer medium.
All thermometer and gauges will be calibrated prior to installation. Calibration certificates
must be submitted to the Project Manager as a condition of acceptance of the installation as
complete.
7.5.33
UNDERGROUND PIPE PROTECTION
A). All underground pipe work of copper or steel construction where located below ground or
within corrosive areas shall be adequately protected with a protective wrapping of
Denso-tape or similar arranged in two applications.
B). The first application shall be installed with a minimum 50% overlap when covered in
spiral formation over the pipe and the second application with a minimum 25% overlap
when covered in a reverse spiral formation over the previous layer. Tape widths shall
be as recommended by the manufacturer for the size of pipe to be covered but shall
not be less than 75mm wide for pipe work up to 50mm dia.
7.5.34
CAST IRON PIPE.
Cast Iron pipe SML – tar free cross-linked epoxy coated hubless piping system according to
DIN EN 877 standard for sewage/sanitary/drainage rainwater system.
1.
GENERAL
The Inside and Outside and above and Below Ground Drainage/Waste/Rainwater
down Pipe Systems shall be of Cast Iron TAR-FREE Cross-Linked Epoxy Coated
Hubless Pipes and Pipe Fittings. They are Hubless Pipes and Fittings joined by
Electrical Continuity Stainless Steel Coupling with EPDM Rubber Seals.
The Cast Iron Hubless Pipes shall be made of Hot Mould Centrifugal Casting process
Duker SML Hubless Pipe Systems. The Cast Iron Drainage Hubless Pipes and
Fittings shall meet and test to the following standard and requirement:
DIN EN 877 STANDARD
These are in compliance with the requirements at the quality and inspection
regulations “Cast Iron Drainage Technology” RAL-GZ698.
The Cast Iron Tar-Free Cross-Linked Epoxy Hubless Pipe & Fittings shall be the
product of a manufacturer who has been ENGAGED in the manufacturing of Cast Iron
Drainage Hubless Pipe System for the last 10 years. Full range of Pipe/Fittings from
50mm to 400mm shall be available from the same manufacturer. The factory shall be
having ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 & ISO 50001:2011 Certificates.
2.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CAST IRON DRAINAGE HUBLESS PIPING SHALL
BE AS FOLLOWS: -
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 58
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES/PERFORMANCE
Minimum Tensile Strength 20 daN/mmÇ (200 Mpa) for pipes
Minimum Tensile Strength 15 daN/mmÇ (150 Mpa) for fittings
Modulus of Elasticity: 11000 daN/mmÇ
Coefficient of Expansion 1mm/m/100°C
FLOW CHARACTERISTICS
The Pipe Manufactured by Duker’s Hot Mould Centrifugal casting process has an
exceptionally smooth inside surface and secure highly efficient Flow Characteristics
and minimum maintenance.
3.
PERFORMANCE OF SML
NON-COMBUSTIBLE
SML meets Class A1 (Non-combustible) according to DIN EN 13501-1.
4.
SYSTEM WORKING PRESSURE
All Cast Iron Sewage / Drainage System shall be rated at minimum 5 Bar while
Restraint Coupling Collar shall be used as required.
5.
MATERIAL
Pipes and Fittings shall be manufactured from Grey Cast Iron According to DIN EN
1561 Type at least EN-GJL-150. The Mechanical Properties exceed the requirement
of EN 877.
Pipes, Fittings and coupling shall be of the same manufacturer.
6.
7.
TAR-FREE CROSS LINKED EPOXY COATING
Pipe Inside Coating
:
All Pipes Inside Coating shall be of TAR-FREE
Cross Linked Epoxy Process Type with thickness of
120μm (MICRONS).
Pipe Outside Coating
:
All Pipes Outside Coating shall be of ANTI-RUST
RED PRIMER with thickness of 40μm (MICRONS).
Fittings Coating
:
Inside and outside shall be of dip coating process
type with High proof Cross Linked Epoxy coating
with minimum thickness 60 MICRONS (μm).
EPOXY COATING SPECIFICATION AND TESTS
Tar-Free Cross Linked Coating specification and tests requirement shall be according
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 59
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
to DIN EN 877 Section 5.7.2.3. Chemical Resistance requirement.
The tests shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 2812-1 using standard
panels complying with EN 605. These samples shall be immersed for 30 d in the
following test liquids:
- a solution of sulfuric acid at pH 2, for the first sample
- a solution of sodium hydroxide at pH 12, for the second sample
Both solutions shall be held at (23 ± 3) ºC. The pH shall be continuously monitored,
and the solutions renewed as soon as the pH has changed by more than 0.3 from the
initial value.
At the end of the immersion period the samples shall be rinsed and examined for
blistering, the acceptable degree being dimension 3, class 3 according to ISO 4628-2.
In addition, a cross-cut test in accordance with EN ISO 2409 shall be carried out, in
accordance with 5.7.2.5 and the result shall meet level 1 of EN ISO 2409.
8.
COUPLINGS – PROGRAMME
Stainless Steel Coupling with Single Bolt Screw and EPDM Rubber Sealing shall be
used for connecting both Cast Iron Hubless Pipe and Fittings. All Couplings shall be of
Electrical Continuity type. Electrical Continuity Test Report shall be provided. The
coupling shall be of Dukorapid Coupling type.
9.
ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY PRODUCTS
All Cast Iron Pipe/Fitting shall be of Environmentally Friendly products that are
certified by an approved local certification body to complement Green building
Scheme.
10. SAMPLES OF HUBLESS PIPE/FITTING/COUPLING
Samples of Hubless Pipe/Fitting/Coupling are to be submitted for approval prior to the
installation.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 60
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
8.0
PIPEWORK INSULATION
8.1
GENERAL
All insulating materials shall be delivered to site in a dry condition and be housed in a dry
store until drawn up for use.
All insulation, adhesives, vapour barriers and coatings shall be non-combustible and have
the following Fire Hazard Property Indices (as defined in AS 1530 and AS A30):
Ignitability
Spread of Flame
Heat Evolved
Smoke Developed
0
0
0
not greater than 3
All material and adhesives used shall conform to local authority’s requirements.
All equipment and materials used shall be fire retardant and shall comply with the
requirement of the Local Fire Services Department.
Thermal conductivity factors shall be as defined by ASTM C518, and are quoted at 24°C.
Insulation shall have non-corrosive properties wet or dry and shall not cause corrosion to the
surface with which it is in contact. In particular, phenolic foam insulation shall not be used in
conjunction with copper pipe work.
Insulating material shall be resistant to the attack of bacteria and algae. It shall not contain
substances that will support vermin or the growth of moulds and fungi.
The following materials shall not be used - uncontained or non-stabilised mineral fibres,
asbestos, polystyrene.
8.1.1
METHOD OF ATTACHMENT / JOINT
Prior to application of insulating material, all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove
scale, grease, oil, dirt and any other foreign matter. Piping shall be wire brush cleaned and
then painted with primer as described elsewhere in this specification.
No piping insulation shall be applied over pipe joints until pressure testing of the respective
portion of the installation is complete.
Irrespective of the method of attachment, all thermal insulating materials shall be in close
contact with the surfaces to which they are applied. Edges and ends of sections of insulation
shall be arranged to butt up close to one another over the whole insulated surface. Edges or
ends of sections shall be cut or shaped at site where necessary. Preformed sections shall
be cut and/or mitres on site as appropriately to ensure tight fit at bends.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 61
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Joints in insulation shall be properly sealed. Each joint shall have butt ends sealed with a
vapour seal to prevent water transmission along the pipe. The longitudinal lap joint shall be
placed at the underside of the pipe.
All fittings shall be insulated to the equivalent thickness of piping insulation with all sectional
pipe insulation ends and fittings sealed with a suitable vapour barrier before application of
fitting insulation. The external finish is to be as for the piping.
Valves, pumps and strainers and other pipe fittings shall be neatly boxed-in using sectional
insulation. The external surface for the boxing shall be as specified for the piping. Insulation
shall be trimmed around the top of the valves leaving the gland exposed for inspection and
repacking. Detachable sheathing boxes shall be provided on pumps, strainers, valves and
water boxes in plantroom areas.
Flanges shall have bodies packed solid with fiberglass wool before section insulation of the
correct diameter is placed across the flanges. The external finish is to be as for the piping.
All pipes located in plant rooms or that exposed to view shall be enclosed in factory
prefabricated galvanised sheet casings in addition to vapour barrier. The casing shall be not
less than 0.8mm thick for pipework of 150mm and above measured over the insulation and
not less than 0.6mm thick on smaller pipe work.
All pipes exposed to weather shall be galvanised jacketing as specified above if insulated
and to be painted with weatherproof paint.
At the point of support, specially prepared blocks of high density polyurethane foam material
shall be positioned to ensure the integrity of the vapour barrier by bonding the supports to
the insulation.
No insulation shall be applied until pipes and plant have been tested as specified.
8.1.2
METAL SHEATING
Insulated pipes and fittings in plant rooms, store rooms, pipe channels and other exposed
areas shall be sheathed with 0.5mm thick zinc anneal, to prevent physical damage due to
impact.
Electrical bonding shall be provided for all metal clad pipe work.
8.1.3
VAPOUR BARRIER
A guaranteed effective vapour barrier shall be installed over all insulation, except insulation
whose vapour resistance factor µ is greater than 1000 (see table below). The vapour barrier
shall consist of a layer of fibre reinforced aluminium foil laminate, minimum 0.5mm thick, with
a Water Vapour Transmission Rate of not greater than 0.004g/m2 per 24 hours. (erg.
Sisalation 450). The vapour barrier shall be applied directly over the insulation with all joints
sealed with 75mm wide pressure sensitive reinforced tape. Where possible, the vapour
barrier should be factory applied to the insulation prior to delivery to site.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 62
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Extreme care shall be taken to provide an effective vapour seal at each and every
pipe support.
8.1.4
INSULATION MATERIALS
Insulation materials shall be in accordance with the following table:
8.1.5
Ref:
A
B
C
Description:
Nitrile Rubber
(Class1 - Armaflex)
Rigid polyurethane
foam
Rockwool
Blanket
Density:
(kg/m3)
Thermal
Conductivity
(k-value)
(W/m°°K)
Water vapour
Permeability
Resistance
Factor(µ
µ)
90
45
0.04
0.02
100
0.04
>1000
>1000
N/A(<1000)
SCHEDULE OF INSULATION FOR PIPED SERVICES
Pipe work and fittings shall be insulated in accordance with the following table:
Service
Hot water (up to 80°C)
Exhaust diesel pump complete with
insulation and aluminium jacketing
Material type
(refer to table above)
A
C
Nominal
thickness(mm)
25
100
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 63
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
9.0
SANITARY SYSTEM - PLUMBING SERVICES
9.1
GENERAL
A complete sanitary and drainage piping system shall be supplied and installed in
accordance with the drawings, the latest requirements of the Local Authorities and the
requirements described herein under.
All materials such as pipes and fittings, floor traps, jointing materials and components used
in the work for sanitary plumbing installation shall be of the type, size, brand, quality and
workmanship approved or accepted by the Local Authorities.
The Licensed plumber shall be solely responsible for the satisfaction and approval of the
Local Authorities until acceptance or handing over of the whole drainage system.
9.2
SANITARY DRAINAGE INSTALLATION
9.2.1
PIPE SUPPORTS
All pipe work shall be fixed at least 50 mm away from the finished surface of the supporting
structure. All fixing, hangers, holder bats, brackets, etc., shall be of mild steel and shall be
given the same finish as the piping. Vertical pipes shall be parallel to walls or column lines
and shall be straight and plumb. Horizontal pipes shall be graded in the direction of flow as
required. Fixings shall be cast in the building structure. If this is not practicable they shall be
secured to the structure by means of approved fasteners. Cement grouting or wood fixings
shall not be permitted.
Soil waste or vent pipes shall be clamped or fixed using split ring or clevis type hangers and
clamps. Where applicable, clamps sh
all be tight against the pipe collar. Where it is necessary to avoid sound transmission, a PVC
insert shall be provided between the fixing and the pipe.
9.2.2
VENT PIPES AND STACKS
Each vent pipe shall be constructed upwards individually or be connected to a main vent
stack. The top end of the vent pipe or main vent stack shall either terminate as high as the
discharge stack or connect to the discharge stack at a point not less than 150 mm above the
top of the highest soil sanitary appliance or floor trap.
The lower end of each vent stack shall be connected to the discharge stack at a point not
less than 225 mm and not more than 750 mm below the entry of the lowest connection to the
discharge stack.
The low end of all vertical lines of vent pipes shall be connected full size at not less than 45
degree angle to the horizontal. All offsets shall be at a grade of not less than 45 degree
angle to the horizontal.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 64
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
9.2.3
TERMINATION OF DISCHARGE AND VENT STACK
The top end of each discharge or vent stack shall project not less than 450 mm above the
eaves of a sloping roof or 150 mm above a flat roof without a parapet, or in the case of a flat
roof with a parapet to the height of parapet above the roof. If the roof is used for any
purpose other than as a covering to the building, the discharge or vent stack shall be
extended at least 2.5 m above the roof level. Proper lead over-flashing shall be installed.
The top end of a discharge or vent stack above the roof shall be at least 3 m away from any
window or opening of adjoining buildings in the horizontal direction.
The end of a discharge or vent stack above the roof shall be fitted with galvanised wire dome
gratings on to the spigot top-most end of the pipes.
Pipes that protrude through walls, floors or roofs shall be made water-tight.
9.2.4
CLEANING EYES AND INSPECTION OPENINGS
Inspection and cleaning eyes shall be provided on all soil, waste or soil and waste pipes so
as to provide access for the proper inspection and cleaning of the entire length of the pipe.
9.2.5
TRAPS
All inlets into a discharge pipe or discharge stack shall be properly trapped to prevent the
entry of foul air from the drainage system into the building. Traps for soil sanitary appliances
and floor traps shall have a water seal of not less than 50 mm. Traps with outlets of less
than 75 mm diameter shall have a water seal of no less than 75 mm.
Floor traps shall be cast iron of internal dimensions 150 mm x 75 mm outgoing pipes,
complete with an approved 150 mm circular stainless steel or bronze grating with hinged
cover and hopper inlet connection. The traps shall be installed with 75 mm diameter outlet
complete with inspection eye. Any riser to a floor trap shall be of the same size as the
opening of the trap and the height of a riser from the top of the grating to the bottom of the
trap shall not exceed 600 mm.
All gully traps shall be of internal dimensions 150 mm x 100 mm and provided with a grating
or cover, constructed of stainless steel or bronze, and bolted down. Outgoing pipes and
shall be of heavy duty cast iron free from sand holes and cracks and complete with cast iron
removable grating.
The grating or cover surface level of floor traps and floor wastes shall match the surrounding
floor level.
All traps shall be accessible and designed to facilitate cleaning.
9.2.6
PIPE GRADIENTS
Pipe gradient for all horizontal sanitary piping shall be of 1 : 100.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 65
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
9.3
WATER PUMPS
9.3.1
GENERAL
The pump heads given in the schedule are guidance during tendering only, and the
Contractor shall be responsible for the checking the total final resistances of each system,
based on the actual pipe runs and equipment offered, prior to ordering. The calculation shall
be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Any modifications to the system or any of its
components, i.e. pumps, pipe work, motors, cables switchgear etc. which may be required to
meet the scheduled duties and space limitation shall be carried out at the Contractor’s
expense.
Scheduled pump duties are for estimating purposes only. Final assessment of system head
shall suit the actual equipment selected.
Pumps shall be selected such that the design duty point is within 5% of the maximum
efficiency point. The pump casing shall be selected such that it is capable of taking an
impeller one size larger than that selected.
Pump speeds shall not exceed 1500 rpm and the efficiency should be minimum 60 %, unless
otherwise approved by the Project Manager. All pumps and motors shall be of minimum
vibration and noise level during operation. Appropriate neoprene vibration isolation
mountings, or other anti-vibration mounts shall be provided as necessary for each pump set.
Facilities shall be provided to prevent starting of pumps when the water tank is at low water
level. An indicator for this low water level alarm shall be provided.
Facilities to select which pump to be duty pump and standby pump shall be provided and be
interchangeable.
Leakage from pump gland shall be drained to the nearest floor waste.
Pump curves for all pumps offered shall be submitted. Any curve indicating excessive shutoff head will not be accepted.
Each pump shall be provided with a gate valve at suction and discharge, approved check
valve at discharge, approved strainer at suction, flexible connections at pump suction and
discharge, eccentric reducer at suction, concentric reducer at discharge, pressure gauges at
suction and discharge, circulation relief valve and automatic air relief valve.
Appropriate spring vibration isolation mountings shall be provided for each pump sets.
All pumps shall be installed on concrete foundation bases (inertial block). Alignment of pump
and driver shall be carried out by competent specialists before any attempt to start-up is
made.
The Contractor shall provide and install two control panels each pump (duty and stand by),
on 16 SWG drip-proof metal chambers covering the control switchgear for each pumping
installation. And the two panels connect to each other to call the pump (duty and stand by).
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 66
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
All pumps, drives and accessories shall be of the highest commercial standard and shall be
designed, constructed, rated and tested in accordance with BS 559, Hydraulic Institute
Standards of the USA, latest edition.
9.3.2
AUTOMATIC PRESSURE BOOSTER PUMP SETS
Packaged pump sets shall be provided to allow for automatic operation, single and parallel
alternate type (1 duty and 1 standby) with variable speed drive. The system operation shall
be such that the initial water demand shall be met by the charged diaphragm pressure
vessel. Should the water demand continue, the system pressure shall drop until to a pre-set
pump "cut-in" point is reached which shall cause the lead pump to start operation.
Should the lead pump be unable to maintain the system pressure due to increased water
demand, the second pump shall start operation. At peak demand, all pumps will operate.
Similarly, if the water demand drops, the standby pump shall stop operation first followed by
the others sequentially. An adjustable minimum run time shall be provided for each pump to
prevent any short cycling of the pumps.
The closed diaphragm pressure vessel shall be of polyethylene material, fitted with a
pressure gauge and isolating valve. The interior shall be of non-toxic lining suitable for
potable water. The vessel shall be manufactured to conform to ASME pressure vessel code
standards.
The Contractor shall provide and install two control panels each pump (duty and stand by)
And the two panels connect to each other to call the pump (duty and stand by).
9.3.3
SUMP PUMPS/SANITARY PUMPS/STORAGE WATER PUMPS/ MOVEABLE SUMP
PUMPS
Sump pumps shall be encapsulated fully submersible type and full stainless steel pump type.
Pumps with spiral casing shall be of stainless steel and shall be complete with inlet strainer,
cable gland, Impeller shall be of stainless steel and replaceable stainlees steel wear ring.
The pump shall be designed to work entirely or partly submerged in water. The pump shall
be capable of handling water containing relatively abrasive solutions and shall be pedestal
type. The pump shall be able to operate continuously at its rated output regardless of
whether the ejector water is above or below the water surface.
The motor shall be housed within the pump casing and shall be sealed from the pump
chamber by a double mechanical seal. The mechanical seal shall be of tungsten carbide.
Motor starters for non-submersible usage shall be insulated against moisture and heat to a
minimum of Class "F". Motor starters for submersible type shall be of Class "H". The shaft
shall be of stainless steel and shall be integral with the pump impeller.
Sump pumps above 2 kW shall be provided with over temperature protection in the stator
windings and shall be 3 phase.
All submersible pumps installed in the wet pump sump shall have integral an automatic
hydraulically operated flush valve. The flush valve shall be of cast iron construction and
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 67
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
mounted on a special boss of adequate thickness cast integrally on the pump housing near
the discharge outlet. During each pumping cycle, the flush valve shall operate to flush and
clean the pump sump of sludge and sedimentation by thoroughly mixing the water
automatically before discharge. The action shall ensure the sump to be clean and minimise
maintenance.
Each pump shall be capable of delivering not less than the quantity of fluid against the
design head as indicated in the drawings.
Each pump shall be capable of handling a dry suction condition for a reasonable period
without harm.
Among others, the following fittings shall be required for the pump installation:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Gate valve at discharge.
Check valve at discharge.
Flexible connection at discharge.
Float or level electrode control.
Quick discharge connection (QDC).
2 Control Panel, chain
Where single sump pump installations are shown in the drawings, they shall be automatically
and sequentially controlled, started and stopped. The automatic sequential operation system
shall be activated by means of multi-electrode sensors similar to "National", "OMRON" type
or approved equivalent.
In addition, a klaxon or siren alarm shall be provided for when the last (or standby) pump is
activated or failed to activate. They shall be provided with duty selector for alternating the
duty pump selection.
All starter and control panels shall be constructed to conform to the requirements as
specified elsewhere in this specification.
Connections to the sump pumps shall be in flexible butyl rubber or EPR insulated cables of
sufficient rating. Where the cables are exposed, they shall be suitably protected in steel
conduit.
All joints shall be sealed water-tight and made corrosion-proof.
All control panel The Contractor shall provide and install two control panels each pump (duty
and stand by) And the two panels connect to each other to call the pump (duty and stand
by).
All electrical works, including starters and control panels shall comply with the requirements
set out elsewhere in this specification.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 68
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
9.3.4
VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE PUMPS
Multi-stage pumps shall be centrifugal type and arranged with vertical shafts. The pump
casings shall be closed-grained cast iron to BS 1452 grade 260, accurately machined and
assembled with metal-to-metal joints. The impellers shall be of zinc free bronze to BS 1400
PBI, mechanically balanced and keyed to shaft. Renewable guide rings are to be provided in
the casting, keyed to prevent rotation.
Pumps shall be driven by elevated in-line TEFC squirrel cage motors via extended vertical
shafted complete with universal couplings.
The shafts shall be stainless steel grade 316. Stainless steel 304 sleeves shall be provided
to protect the shaft in the water space and through the sealing glands. The sleeves shall be
keyed to prevent rotation and secured against axial movement.
The bearings shall be of ball or roller type protected against ingress of water, dirt and other
matter.
The Contractor shall provide and install two control panels each pump (duty and stand by)
And the two panels connect to each other to call the pump (duty and stand by).
9.3.5
HORIZONTAL MULTI-STAGE PUMPS
Multi-stage pumps shall be horizontal radially split section pump, single flow, multistage.
Casing shall seal by flats gasket and held together by tie bolts. The stage casting and the tie
bolts are encased in a steel cladding.
Bearing shall locate in two bearing housings and adjusted at both sides of the pump. Shaft
seal fitted with renewal protecting sleeves in the region of the shaft seals. The uncooled
packing stuffing box can be used for operating temperatures up to 106ºC; above the figure, a
cooled packing stuff box shall be use, in which to supply of cooling water ensures that the
temperature is kept within of stuffing boxes or mechanical seal. Driver shall be direct coupled
electric motor using a flexible coupling. Rotation shall be clock wise.
All control panel The Contractor shall provide and install two control panels each pump (duty
and stand by) And the two panels connect to each other to call the pump (duty and stand
by).
9.3.6
CONTROL OF DUTY / STANDBY PUMPS
Operation of the duty and standby pumps shall be carried out by the following method:
a)
b)
Automatically by means of pressure sensor (i.e. pressure switches);
Manually by means of a local start/stop push buttons on pump local motor
control panel and emergency stop switch.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 69
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
The pressure switch shall be installed next to the manual release valve. When the pressure
drops to the pre-determined level, a signal will be sent to the pump local motor control panel
to start the pump.
Automatic controls shall be operated by electronic, float less type level switches.
9.4
WATER STORAGE TANKS
9.4.1
GENERAL
Water storage tanks shall be either concrete tanks constructed by the builder, or sheet metal
with epoxy coating (for firefighting system or combine firefighting and plumbing) / fibreglass
reinforced polyester (FRP) tanks (for plumbing) supplied and erected by the Contractor, or as
indicated on the drawings.
9.4.2
DESCRIPTION
Each tank compartment shall be provided with the following (or as shown on the drawing):
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Flanged connection for make-up inlet, outlet, drain, overflow and balancing pipe
complete with isolation valve.
Inlet ball float valve.
Water level indicator and air vent with mosquito-proof betting.
Float less level switches for high and low water level alarm.
Isolation valves shall be provided at all make-up, draw-off and drain points.
Water level control switches (electromagnetic floatless type) including high and low
level alarms.
Air vent with mosquito proof netting.
Water level indicator.
Manhole and manhole over.
Ladder and platform inside and the tank.
A stainless steel 316 cat ladder shall be provided inside and outside of each compartment
supplied and installed by the contractor. Size of ladders shall be 400 mm wide with 40 mm
diameter stiles and 25 mm diameter rungs at 250 mm centres.
9.4.3
WATER LEVEL CONTROL SWITCHES
The Contractor shall supply and install electromagnetic floatless type water level control
switches in the following locations:
·
·
·
·
·
·
High level alarm (over-flow)
Pump stops (high level)
First pump start
(Second pump start – if parallel operation)
Low level cut-out of booster pumps
Earthing probe
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 70
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Each probe shall be of the correct length for the particular application and tank location.
Electrodes shall be of polished stainless steel 20 mm OD. Electrode holders shall be
weatherproof in all respect.
The earthing probes shall be connected and wired to the building earth systems of the
building.
Each set of electrodes shall be installed inside a 230 mm diameter PVC pipe acting as a
wave barrier.
The level switch set shall operate with a stepped down voltage at 24V maximum. Stepped
down transformers shall be provided for each set of control probes and shall be installed
inside centralised control cubicles inside pump room.
Mechanical steel stuffing boxes shall be used.
9.5
WATER TREATMENT PLANT INSTALLATION
9.5.1
GENERAL
The Contractor shall be responsible for their own design.
This document is a performance Specification. The intent of the Specification is to allow for
competitive Tenders from a number of specialist contractors allowing them to provide their
equipment which will treat the raw water and produce treated water complying in all respects
as detailed elsewhere in the Specification.
Tenderers shall submit offers based upon a proven process providing the performance
requirements and guarantees are respected. Only packages of a modular nature which are
easily accessible and maintainable with local materials should be submitted. Alternative
offers should be accompanied by design notes, details, manufacture's catalogues and
literature and cost.
The Specification prescribes certain limits and refers to certain guidelines. The Contractor
shall have regard to such limits and guidelines but shall depart from them to the extent
necessary to ensure that the specified treated water conditions and the guarantees provided
are met. Any departure from the limits and guidelines given should be specified and justified
in his Tender.
The Contractor shall coordinate with the Project Manager to ensure that the plant
arrangement fits within the space allocation consistent with good maintenance access to all
plant and equipment.
The Tenderer should submit with the Tender a sketch demonstrating that the Tenderer's
selected plant and equipment will fit into the space allocation.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 71
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
9.5.2
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
The water treatment plant should include, but not be limited to, the following components:
Clean Water Treatment
• Sand Filtration
• Carbon Filtration
• Disinfection Dosing by Chlorine
The system must also include all associated pumps, values, fittings and controls to provide a
complete working system.
9.6
WATER SUPPLY
9.6.1
WATER SOURCE
Water on site shall be sourced from the PDAM and backed-up a local connection or water
truck feiling point.
9.6.2
QUALITY OF WATER INCOMING WATER SUPPLY
The Contractor shall confirm the quality of the incoming water sources in other to confirm
design and sizing of required water treatment systems.
9.7
TREATED WATER
9.7.1
TREATED WATER PRODUCTION CAPACITIES
The equipment shall be sized to produce scheduled net water quantity after allowance for
washwater and in-plant water usage. Operation of the plant at constant throughput is the
preferred mode of operation.
The rate of change to the treatment plant output shall be unlimited for reductions in flow. The
rate of increase shall be constant until full operating capacity is achieved.
9.7.2
TREATED WATER QUALITY
The treatment plant shall be designed to produce treated water to comply with the specified
water quality values described in the table below and all other water quality values listed in
PERMENKES 492 tahun 2010 Tentang Persyaratan Kualitas Air Minum. The 'Target
Parameter Value' is listed in the column “Maksimum yang dianjurkan” and the 'Not to Exceed
Parameter Value' is listed in the column 'Maksimum yang diperbolehkan'.
The water quality targets and frequency of sampling water leaving the plant shall be:
Water Quality
Parameters
Turbidity
Unit
Silica
Target Parameter
Value
Not to Exceed
Parameter Value
Standard
Standar Indonesia
Normal
Sampling
Frequency
Continuous
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 72
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Water Quality
Parameters
Unit
True Colour
Pt - Co
Total iron
ppm
Target Parameter
Value
Not to Exceed
Parameter Value
Indonesia
Maksimum yang
dianjurkan
Maksimum yang
Diperbolehkan
Normal
Sampling
Frequency
2 samples / day
1 sample / day
< 0.3ppm
Manganese
ppm
Aluminium Residual
mg / L
Chlorine
mg / L
1 sample / day
< 0.3ppm
1 sample / day
+/-0.2 mg/L of the
set point
T.D.S
ppm
pH
units
+/-0.2 mg/L of the
set point
4 samples / day
6.5 to 9.2
2 samples / day
zero
1 sample / day
zero
1 sample / day
<200ppm
7.0 to 8.5
Faecal Coliforms
No./100ml
zero
Total Coliforms
No./100ml
zero
1 sample / day
Taste and Odour
Not objectionable
9.7.3
WATER TESTING
Test methods for samples shall be in accordance with ‘Standard Methods’.
The chlorine set point will be set by the Owner at between 1.0 mg/L and 2.5 mg/L.
The treated water quality shall meet the target value on at least the percentage below of
samples for discrete sampling or percentage of time for continuous sampling or
measurement stated below. If samples fail to meet the target quality the sampling frequency
shall be doubled. No more than two consecutive samples shall exceed the target value.
Raw Water Quality
Average
Maximum
Percentage Compliance
95%
90%
The treated water shall comply with the specified 'Not to Exceed Parameter Value' 100% of
the time and for 100% of the samples. Testing of the raw and treated water is to be
undertaken at the laboratory located within the central services site.
The Contractor shall keep and submit all testing records, including any records of samples
that did not meet the required standard, to the Project Manager on a weekly basis. Additional
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 73
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
to the frequency of testing detailed above, the Contractor is to carry out a full testing program
at the 'Test before Taking Over' and 'Operation Test' phases.
9.7.4
DELIVERY POINT OF TREATED WATER
The delivery point for measurement of treated water production shall be at the outlet of the
plant process and prior to the treated/clean water storage tank.
9.8
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
9.8.1
CHEMICAL DOSING SYSTEM
Chemical dosing system shall be design, supplied, installed and commissioned by the water
treatment specialist contractor under this contract. The Contractor shall guarantee his
coagulant chemical usage will be within ±5% of the predicted dosage based on jar tests. All
dosing pumps sets shall comprise duty and standby pumps. Chemical dosing system shall
be provided with the automatic control system.
9.9
TESTING OF WTP
9.9.1
GENERAL
All items of plant including the WTP control panel are to be tested at site as provided for
under the appropriate internationally recognized standards related to the manufacture of that
item. Results of all tests are to be supplied to the Project Manager.
9.9.2
TEST AND DISINFECTION BEFORE TAKING OVER
The completed fully commissioned water treatment plant is to be subjected to a continuous
48-hour test monitored by the Project Manager and/or relevant Authorities' Representative,
with the collection of all data deemed necessary. After completion of tests, tanks are to be
flushed and cleaned if system is not to be put in the normal operation immediately.
Upon the completion of the entire installation, the Contractor shall liaise with the other
Contractors to sweep, mop and clean the water tanks and flush clean pump sets, distribution
pipelines and pumping mains as required, taking due care that openings which connect to
pipelines are properly plugged up and foreign matter prevented from entering.
The water storage tanks shall then be filled with water mixed sufficient decanted solution of
chloride of lime to give a concentration of 40ppm of free chlorine in the water. The tanks shall
be filled with water containing 40ppm of free chlorine as many times as necessary until they
are full.
The chlorine water shall be left in the storage tanks and pipework overnight and drained out
completely the next day. The water supply system shall then be put into-operation.
No workmen shall be permitted to enter the tanks after chlorine water has been admitted, the
compliance with which shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility. Should he be negligent in
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 74
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
this matter, in the opinion of the Project Manager, he shall repeat the disinfection process
until the Project Manager is satisfied, and at no extra cost, charges, expenses, etc. to the
Contract.
Only workmen who have been examined and certified by the Government Health Authority to
be non-carries of water-borne diseases shall be employed in the disinfection process.
9.9.3
OPERATION TEST
After the plant has been used for 90 days, a final 48-hour continuous test is to be carried out,
monitored by the Project Manager, and the plant adjusted to optimum operational efficiency.
After completion of tests, tanks are to be flushed and cleaned if system is not to be put in the
normal operation immediately.
9.9.4
HANDING OVER
The Taking Over Certificate will be issued in accordance with the Contract Clauses after
completion of the tests before taking over, described in "Test before Taking Over".
9.9.5
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED WITH TENDER
In addition to the information required to be returned with Tender as described in the
Specification, the Contractor is to include in his Tender the following additional information:
•
Monthly power consumption of the WTP under normal working conditions.
•
The types of chemicals that will be added to the WTP process under normal working
conditions, and the expected monthly requirement for each chemical.
•
The Contractor is to provide details of all safety features to be included in his plant e.g.
chlorine leak detectors, self-contained air breathing apparatus, safety shower and
eyebath, etc.
9.10
SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT
9.10.1
DESIGN PARAMETERS
The Contractor shall be responsible for their own design. The design parameters listed
below are considered to represent good practice and should be used by Tenderers for
guidance and to establish minimum requirements. Where parameters proposed by
Tenderers are such that they provide a lesser assurance of meeting effluent quality
requirements than those parameters listed, supporting evidence justifying the use of the
alternate parameters should be provided by the Tenderer with his Tender.
Average Daily Flow (ADF)
Peak Daily Flow (PDF)
Equalization tank
Fixed bed cascade
as shown on the drawing
3 times the ADF
Sized to suit
Sized to suit
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 75
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Sludge Storage:
one week in separate tank;
aerated.
0.5 mg/L free residual after 30
minutes detention at 3 ADF.
Sized to suit
Ultra filtration
Chlorination:
Recycling Tank:
Filtration:
9.10.2
INFLUENT (RAW SEWAGE)
The raw sewage to be treated will be predominantly domestic sewage. It is to be expected
that the sewage will contain matter such as rags, lint, plastics, rubber, sticks, grit and other
such gross materials.
The typical average composition of the raw sewage is expected to be similar to that listed
below, however Tenderers should provide for a plant which will cope with raw sewage of a
composition which differs from the listed figures by margins which could be reasonably
anticipated by a competent manufacturer.
Biological Oxygen Demand
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Suspended Solids
Total Nitrogen
Total Phosphorus
9.10.3
(BOD)
(COD)
(SS)
(N)
(P)
350 mg/L
500 mg/L
200 mg/L
40 mg/L
8 mg/L
EFFLUENT QUALITY (TREATED SEWAGE)
Domestic Effluent Quality Standard
Parameter
Unit
Communal
pH
KMnO4
TSS
Ammoniac
Fat and Oil
COD
BOD
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
6-9
85
50
10
20
80
50
The plant shall provide an effluent which meets the following parameters on a ninety (90)
percent basis.
After treatment:
Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD5)
Suspended Solids (SS)
Turbidity
Dissolved Oxygen (DO)
Total Nitrogen (N)
< 10 mg/L
< 15 mg/L
≤ 2 NTU
≥ 2 mg/L
≤ 5 mg/L
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 76
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Total Phosphorus (P)
pH
Chlorine (Free)
Total Coliforms
Grease and Oil
≤ 1 mg/L
6.5 - 8.0
< 0.5 mg/L
< 10 orgs/100 mL
< 10 mg/L
The effluent shall be put further treated using ultra filter recycling system and stored in the
recycling/flushing water tank for use as make up supply to cooling towersor for irrigation.
Overflow from the recycling / flushing tank shall discharge to the City Drainage.
9.10.4
FREQUENCY OF EFFLUENT TESTING
The frequency of effluent testing shall be as detailed below;
Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD5)
Suspended Solids(SS)
Turbidity
Dissolved Oxygen(DO)
Total Nitrogen (N)
Total Phosphorus(P)
pH
Chlorine (Free)
Total Coliforms
Grease and Oil
Monthly /as required
Monthly /as required
Continuous
Monthly /as required
Monthly /as required
Monthly /as required
Monthly /as required
Monthly /as required
Monthly /as required
Monthly
Where the value determined by analysis is below the detection limit, the value must be taken
as the detection limit.
Testing of the effluent is to be undertaken at the laboratory located within the central services
site.
The Contractor shall keep and submit all testing records, including any records of samples
that did not meet the required standard, to the Project Manager on a weekly basis. Additional
to the frequency of effluent testing detailed above, the Contractor is to carry out a full testing
program at the ‘Test before Taking Over’ and ‘Operation Test’ phases.
The Contractor is also to forward effluent samples to a laboratory in Jakarta, to be nominated
by the Project Manager, at the ‘Test before Taking Over’ and ‘Operation Test’ stages and
quarterly during the maintenance period. The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of
transportation of the samples to Jakarta and the cost of the effluent testing.
9.10.5
LABORATORY EQUIPMENT
The Contractor is to provide all laboratories testing equipment suited to the day to day
requirements necessary to control the operation of the system. The equipment is to enable a
complete physical, chemical and bacteriological analysis of raw sewage and treated sewage
to be performed. The Owner will provide the building to house the laboratory equipment. The
building will be within the central services area.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 77
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
The Contractor is to provide with his tender a list of all laboratory testing equipment proposed
and their associated cost to supply, install and calibrate. The Contractor shall provide details
of the calibration certification of each piece of equipment.
The Tenderer shall, with his returned Tender, detail the size of laboratory building required
and the arrangement of the laboratory equipment within the building.
9.10.6
FUNCTIONAL PLANT DESIGN
The treatment plant, being an activated sludge plant operating in the fixed bed cascade
mode, shall incorporate the following process elements:
•
•
•
•
•
Solids disintegration
Continuous aeration with sedimentation
Biological nitrogen removal
Chemical coagulation for phosphorus removal
Filtration
Sludge will be pumped at regular intervals from the process units and carted from site for
disposal.
Any alternative proposal offered by the tenderers shall include these processes or equivalent
processes as a minimum requirement.
9.10.7
TYPICAL REQUIREMENTS
The plant shall be a modular design and fully automatic with ease of access to equipment
and ease of maintenance.
System shall be design by the specialist supplier based on the following criteria:
Water flow rate:
BOD loading:
Effluent BOD level:
as shown on the drawing
as shown on the drawing
less than 50 mg/l
Plant shall include required influent pre-treatment (grease trap, automatic spiral screen, etc.),
sludge tank, equalization tanks, equalization pumps, air blowers, bio detox tanks, polishing
system tanks, chlorination system, chlorination tanks, effluent tanks, effluent pumps, treated
water tanks, recycled water treatment system, recycled water tanks and control system
complete with all necessary accessories or as its standar system.
9.11
WATERMETER
Water meter 15-40mm specification
General: a device to measure clean water consumption volume in meter cubic.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 78
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Fluid
Material
Design
Standard reference
Operating flow rate
Starting flow rate
W
a
t
e Accuracy
r
Indicator
m
e
t Max operating pressure
e Max operating temperature
r Environment protection
Installation
5 Body length
0
1
5 Connection
0
Communication
m
m
Clean or potable water
Brass or bronze body with sufficient powder / epoxy
coating, plastic chamber and turbine with metallic pivot,
glass register copper can with plastic cover, or stainlesssteel sensor for electronic
Multi-jet / single-jet / volumetric, mechanical or electronic
with minimum 10 years battery
SNI 2547:2008 for mechanical, or MID 2014/32/UE and
OIML R49 for electronic
½” (15mm) : 32 – 3,000 l/h
¾” (20mm) : 50 – 5,000 l/h
1” (25mm) : 80 – 7,000 l/h
1.5” (40mm) : 200 – 20,000 l/h
½” (15mm) : max 10 l/h
¾” (20mm) : max 12 l/h
1” (25mm) : max 25 l/h
1.5” (40mm) : max 70 l/h
Minimum ratio R50, ± 5% between Q1 to Q2 and ± 2%
between Q2 to Q4
Analogue mechanical drum or LCD, 4 or 5 or 6 digits for
meter cubic and 1 or 2 decimals, up to 9,999.99 or
999,999.9
16 bar or higher
Up to 50° C
IP68, anti-magnet up to 2,500 gauss
In-line with pipe, horizontal or vertical
½” (15mm) : 165mm
¾” (20mm) : 190mm
1” (25mm) : 260mm
1.5” (40mm) : 300mm
Thread PN10
Ready for AMR (Automatic Meter Reading) or connection
to BAS (Building Automation System) with wired or
wireless module attachment (Cyble or equivalent),
without dismantling the unit from installation
Every unit must be sealed, tested and certified by
Metrology body in Indonesia
s
Test result document
p
e
cification
General: a device to measure clean water consumption volume in meter cubic.
Fluid
Material
Design
Clean or potable water
Brass or bronze or cast-iron body with sufficient powder /
epoxy coating, plastic chamber and turbine with metallic
pivot, glass register copper can with plastic cover, or
stainless-steel sensor for electronic
Woltmann / single-jet / volumetric, mechanical or
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 79
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Fluid
Standard reference
Operating flow rate
Starting flow rate
Accuracy
Indicator
Max operating pressure
Max operating temperature
Environment protection
Installation
Body length
Connection
Communication
Test result document
Clean or potable water
electronic with minimum 10 years battery
SNI 2547:2008 for 50mm mechanical; ISO 4064 and MID
2014/32/UE and OIML R49 for 65-150mm
2” (50mm) : 0.35 – 50 m3/h
2.5” (65mm) : 0.5 – 79 m3/h
3” (80mm) : 0.75 – 120 m3/h
4” (100mm) : 0.9 – 200 m3/h
6” (150mm) : 1 – 500 m3/h
2” (50mm) : 0.19 m3/h
2.5” (65mm) : 0.22 m3/h
3” (80mm) : 0.25 m3/h
4” (100mm) : 0.38 m3/h
6” (150mm) : 0.4 m3/h
Minimum ratio R50, ± 5% between Q1 to Q2 and ± 2%
between Q2 to Q4
Analogue mechanical drum or LCD, 6 or 7 digits for
meter cubic and 1 or 2 decimals, up to 999,999.99 or
9,999,999.9
20 bar or higher
Up to 50° C
IP68
In-line with pipe, horizontal or vertical
2” (50mm) : 200 mm
2.5” (65mm) : 200 mm
3” (80mm) : 200 mm
4” (100mm) : 250 mm
6” (150mm) : 300 mm
Flange PN10 or PN16
Ready for AMR (Automatic Meter Reading) or connection
to BAS (Building Automation System) with wired or
wireless module attachment (Cyble or equivalent),
without dismantling the unit from installation
Every unit must be sealed, tested and certified by
Metrology body in Indonesia
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 80
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
10.0
AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
This section of the specification applies to automatic controls for the mechanical plant and
systems included in the contract, and sets out requirements pertaining to materials,
installation and performance of these controls.
Specification indicates design intent of the system operation and control equipment deemed
to be required. It not intended to restrict suppliers from offering their components.
Control systems shall be designed, supplied, installed and commissioned by specialist trade
contractor competent in this type of work capable of providing local support for ongoing
maintenance and back-up for all control system components.
10.1
CONTROL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
10.1.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The contractor shall supply, install and adjust automatic controls as specified and as
necessary for the satisfactory operation of all the mechanical plant and systems shown on
the drawings and described in this specification.
Automatic control systems shall include all control devices shown on the drawings, specified
or otherwise necessary to perform the specified functions.
Design drawings show intended location of the controlled equipment, services reticulation
and location of control sensors. Contractor shall determine final location on site.
Controls shall be selected for their respective duties in accordance with the recommendation
of the manufacturer and shall have such operating tolerances as required to fulfil the
guaranteed plant performance.
Where requirements more onerous than the stated standards are specified within this
document, the conditions of the specification shall take precedence.
All control valves shall be sized for ‘line size’ as detailed on the plant schematic drawings.
These figures shall be used for Tender purposes only.
When engineered, all control valves/actuators shall be sized in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations, system flow rates, system pressures, etc.
The Contractor shall obtain the various system flow rates, etc., for final sizing of control
valves/actuators and damper actuators.
The Contractor shall demonstrate all controls wiring to Project Manager and provide
documentary evidence of the acceptance.
The Contractor shall be responsible for correcting any wiring faults in the control wiring
discovered during testing and commissioning at no additional cost to the contract.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 81
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and installing all ‘head end’ wiring between
the central file server and its associated display units, printers, etc.
The Contractor shall ensure that all control instruments shall be so installed that there is
adequate clearance for removal of any such item without dismantling any other item of
equipment, and that all wiring connections can be visually inspected without removing the
items.
The Contractor shall ensure that all control equipment installed shall be so mounted that
there is adequate clearance for removal of such equipment and also for normal testing,
maintenance and inspection.
The Contractor shall provide in accordance with an arranged panel production programme,
all hardware and hardwire interface details to ensure full compliance with the specification.
The Contractor shall be responsible for demonstrating the commissioned Control System in
accordance with the specification and to the satisfaction of Project Manager.
The Contractor shall return with his tender submission a method statement of how his works
will be undertaken. Details of his quality assurance procedures regarding, in particular,
software definitions and writing, production and testing, along with control panel, production,
testing and installation, if applicable, should also be included.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply and fixing of engraved Formica laminate
labels to all items of control equipment in accordance with the reference numbers in the
Schedules or as agreed. Where no flat surfaces are available on valves, the label shall be
hung from brass chains. Control items in occupied areas other than plant rooms shall be
marked internally.
The Contractor shall ensure that the cable entry to control panels with ‘top’ entry shall be via
the gland plate immediately above the required terminal or via the adjacent gland plate.
Cabling entering the panel at one end and run inside the panel for termination at the other
end will not be acceptable.
The Contractor shall include the wiring back of all sensing devices associated with the
Control System and also the transmission line cabling connecting MCP based outstations,
floor based outstations and the operator’s station.
The Contractor shall ensure that all detecting devices and control elements have final
termination in flexible form which must be long enough to permit removal of the devices
without disconnection.
10.2
SCOPE OF WORK
The work covered by this section of the specification comprises the delivery of all material,
labour, tools, software and hardware required to carry out the design, supply, installation,
testing, commissioning, manufacturing and the defects liability services of the plant and
equipment for the complete Control System including:
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 82
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
•
•
•
•
Control System Hardware including Field Terminal Units (FTU) and Field Processing
Units (FPU) and associated equipment.
Control Equipment including all field sensing devices, control valves, actuators,
interfaces and control wiring and associated equipment.
Central Control Equipment including file server and operator interface terminal, field
notebook computer, report printer, alarm printer, Ethernet hub, network ancillaries and
network wiring.
Control System Software including programming of all control system devices.
Other miscellaneous work shall include:
•
•
•
•
•
Painting and identification of all equipment as specified
Provision of shop drawings
Provision of as-built-drawings, commissioning manuals, operating and maintenance
manuals
Provision of training to the operation staff
Warranty against defects for 12 months
The following electrical work required for control systems is described in section ‘Electrical
Work’ of this specification:
•
Mechanical services switchboards including the following items required on all
switchboards for each controlled equipment item:
i. Auto/Off/Test switch.
ii. Green and red indication lights.
iii. Lead/Lag/Remote control switch for standby/duty equipment.
iv. Hours run meters.
v. Green (open) and amber (close) for each smoke zone control motorised damper.
vi. Other Switchboard items including:
vii. Amber fire alarm indication lights.
viii. Blue economy cycle lights.
ix. Ammeter.
x. kWh meters installation for energy recording and trading.
xi. Integral controls for equipment excluding thermostats and interface to the control
system where applicable.
xii. Local indicating devices including annubars, pressure gauge, temperature gauge
etc.
xiii. All 240 Volt power cabling from mechanical electrical switchboards to motors,
actuators, heaters etc.
xiv. Motor speed drives and controllers.
•
•
All control wiring.
The Contractor shall provide and make all power cable connections from their
equipment, local control panels, and switchboards to the electrical isolators or power
points (including cable termination) provided by Electrical Contractor. Location of power
supplyy isolators and power points shall be coordinated and agreed between the
Contractor and the Electrical Contractor.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 83
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
•
The Contractor shall provide On/Off remote control and status indication panel in FCC
room including switches and indication lights for the following equipment and system:
i). Fire pumps.
ii). Sprinkler/Hydrant control valves.
10.3
CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION
10.3.1
GENERAL
Design and provide a control system and BMS which meets the control strategies as
indicated on the control drawings but is designed by a specialist controls supplier.
Provide the number of points as indicated in the points schedule, as may appear on the
drawings or as required by the Specialist Control’s Supplier to meet the true intent of this
Controls description.
Mechanical control panels shall be provided complete with control switches, pilot lights
(ON//AUTO/OFF/ALARM), isolating switches, time switches, motor starters and contactors,
relays, fire services connections, labelling, etc. for each equipment item as described
elsewhere in this document.
10.4
PLUMBING & SANITARY SERVICES
10.4.1
OPERATION OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT
Sewage treatment plant will be provided with independent control system which will operate:
-
Sewage compactor
Air blowers
Equalisation pumps
Effluent pumps
Chlorination system
Filtration pumps
Inflow motorised valves
Sewage treatment plant control system will be interfaced with BAS to monitor common system
alarms.
10.4.2
OPERATION OF WASTE/STORM WATER SUMP LIFTING SYSTEMS
Waste/storm water sump lifting system shall include the following:
•
•
Waste/storm water sump pumps
Control sensors
Waste/storm water sump lifting system shall pump water from the sump pit to the main water
line.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 84
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Waste/storm water sump lifting system will be provided with independent control system
interfaced with BAS.
10.4.3
WASTE/STORM WATER SUMP PUMPS
Waste/storm water sump pumps shall be controlled as follows:
10.4.4
•
Waste/storm water sump pumps will be provided with independent control system
interfaced with BAS. Control system will be interfaced with sump pit water level float
switches.
•
Lead waste/storm water sump pump will start when the sump pit “high water level” float
switch is activated. Lead waste/storm water sump pump will stop when the sump pit “low
water level” float switch is activated.
•
If lead pump fails to operate system will start standby pump. Lead and standby pumps
will alternate operation.
•
If sump pit “very high water level” float switch is activated, both lead and standby pumps
will be started and system alarm will be energised. Pumps will stop if water level drops to
“low water level”.
•
If sump pit “very low water level” float switch is activated, power supply will be terminated
to both lead and standby pumps and system alarm will be generated. Power supply will
be restored when the water rises to “low water level”.
•
Control system will be interfaced with BAS to monitor pump status and trip alarms.
OPERATION OF CLEAN WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM
Clean water treatment system shall include the following:
•
•
•
Clean water treatment pumps
Water treatment and chlorination system
Control sensors
Clean water treatment system shall transfer raw water from raw water tanks to the main clean
water tanks, through the clean water treatment system.
Clean water treatment system will be provided with independent control systems interfaced with
BAS.
10.4.5
OPERATION OF CLEAN WATER TREATMENT PUMPS
Clean water treatment pumps shall be controlled as follows:
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 85
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
10.4.6
•
Clean water treatment pumps will be provided with independent control system interfaced
with BAS. Control system will be interfaced with raw water tank level sensors and main
clean water tank level sensors.
•
Clean water treatment pump will start when the water level in the main clean water tanks
drops below the “low water level” set point. Clean water treatment will stop when the
water level in the main clean water tanks rises above the “hi water level” set point.
•
If the water level in the raw water storage tanks is below “very low level” treatment pump
will stop operation.
•
If lead pump fails to operate system will start standby pump. Lead and standby pumps
will alternate operation.
•
Control system will be interfaced with BAS to monitor pump status and trip alarms, raw
water tank level sensors and main clean water tank level sensors.
OPERATION OF TOP LEVEL CLEAN WATER BOOSTER SYSTEM
Top level clean water booster system shall include the following:
•
•
Top level clean water booster pumps
Control sensors
Top level clean water booster system shall maintain water pressure in top floor clean water
supply line.
Top level clean water booster system will be provided with independent control system
interfaced with BAS.
10.4.7
WATER BOOSTER PUMPS
Clean water booster pumps shall be controlled as follows:
•
Clean water booster pumps will be provided with independent control system interfaced
with BAS. Control system will be interfaced with clean water tank level sensors, booster
pump variable speed drives and booster pump discharge line water pressure sensor.
•
Clean water booster pumps will start when the water pressure sensor in discharge line
drops below minimal set point. Clean water booster pump variable speed drives will
modulate the pump speed to maintain set discharge line pressure within set range. When
the water pressure in discharge line exceeds the maximum set point pump will stop
operation.
•
If the water level in the clean water tanks is below “very low level” booster pump will stop
operation.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 86
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
•
10.5
Control system will be interfaced with BAS to monitor pump status and trip alarms and
elevated clean water tank level sensors.
FIRE PROTECTION SERVICES
Fire alarm and detection systems
Fire alarm and detection systems will be controlled by the fire alarm panel as described
elsewhere in this document.
BAS will monitor common alarm and the fire signal from the fire alarm panel.
Fire Pump Set
Fire pump set shall be provided with the independent control systems (one for each fire
pump) as described elsewhere in this document.
BAS will monitor common alarm from each control panel.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 87
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
11.0
FIRE SERVICES EQUIPMENT
11.1
FIRE SERVICES PIPEWORK
11.1.1
GENERAL
The pipework installation in the plant room and above ground shall generally comply with the
requirements described elsewhere in this specification.
Pipe fittings shall be malleable iron to ANSI B.16.3 class 300 1b, screwed end for diameter
up to 40mm and for diameter 50mm and above should be wrought steel but welded.
A 25mm valve shall be fitted at the lowest point of each riser and shall be connected by
means of 25mm galvanised iron pipe to the nearest floor drain.
All pumps and controls shall be ULFM listed/approved.
11.1.2
FIRE BRIGADE BREECHING INLET (SIAMESE CONNECTION)
Fire brigade 4 (four) ways breeching inlets shall be provided for the sprinkler and hydrant
systems and be located at ground floor level in the positions shown on the drawings.
Each breeching inlets shall conform with the requirements of PERGUB 92/2014, and shall
consist of a 150 mm instantaneous male coupling and a back pressure valve, and be
protected by a metal cap secured with a suitable length of a chain. A 25 mm diameter drain
valve shall be incorporated to facilitate draining.
The breeching inlet, including the check valve, shall be the same diameter and working
pressure as the connected pipeline. The entire breeching inlet installation shall be enclosed
in a metal box.
The coupling Landing Valve Vander hyde type (Please confirm to local DPK / DAMKAR
recommendations).
11.1.3
FLOW SWITCHES
Flow switches shall be UL or FM listed type and approved by the Local Authorities.
Adequate space shall be allowed above the pipework for the installation of flow switches.
Switch and base plate shall be constructed of cast aluminium or hot dip galvanized cast steel
and the paddle shall be copper or stainless steel. Rubber gasket shall be provided between
the base plate and the cover. The paddle shall be able to be trimmed to size on site and
shall be suitable for local electricity supply. The unit shall contain an adjustable 0-60 sec
constant recycling retarding device to prevent false alarm from surges. The assembly shall
be properly rated and be suitable for each system's working pressure.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 88
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
11.2
FIRE PUMPS
11.2.1
EXTENT OF WORKS
The extent of works under this contract shall comprise the supply and install one package
complete, testing, commissioning and handing over in working order and operating and
maintenance manuals.
The system shall be in accordance with the requirement in the latest edition of the codes and
standard
11.2.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The pump heads given in the schedule are guidance during tendering only, and the
Contractor shall be responsible for the checking the total final resistances of each system,
based on the actual pipe runs and equipment offered, prior to ordering. The calculation shall
be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Any modifications to the system or any of its
components, i.e. pumps, pipe work, motors, cables switchgear etc. which may be required to
meet the scheduled duties and space limitation shall be carried out at the Contractor’s
expense.
The Contractor shall supply and install pumps of the standard type and performance as
shown on the drawings. All duties of pumps given in the Tender Drawings shall be checked
and where necessary corrected before ordering.
Pumps shall be so selected that the design duty point is within 5% of the maximum efficiency
point. The pump casing so selected shall have sample space to take an impeller one size
larger than that capable of performing the design duty.
The pump shall have a speed of not more than 3000 rpm and the efficiency should be
minimum 60% unless otherwise approved by the Project Manager. All pumps and motors
shall be of minimum vibration and noise level during operation. Vibration isolators shall be
provided for all pump sets.
Facilities shall be provided to prevent starting of pumps when the water tank is at low water
level. An indicator for this low water level alarm shall be provided.
Facilities to select which pump to be duty pump and standby pump shall be provided and be
interchangeable.
Leakage from pump gland shall be drained to the nearest floor waste.
Pump curves for all pumps offered shall be submitted. Any curve indicating excessive shutoff head will not be approved.
Each pump shall be provided with a gate valve at suction and discharge, approved check
valve at discharge, approved strainer at suction, flexible connections at pump suction and
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 89
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
discharge, eccentric reducer at suction, concentric reducer at discharge, pressure gauges at
suction and discharge, circulation relief valve and automatic air relief valve.
Appropriate neoprene vibration isolation mountings shall be provided for each pump sets.
The Contractor shall supply and install a control panel on 16 SWG drip proof metal cubicle
enclosing the control switchgear for each pumping installation.
11.2.3
HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE PUMPS
The Horizontal split casing pump shall be of single stage or multistage, single volute,
centrifugal type. Pump casing shall be designed to withstand at least 2 times the specified
working pressure and shall be horizontally split with pump feet integrally cast to ensure that
all thrust will transmit to the foundation.
Impeller shall be of bronze to BS 1400 LG2C and shaft shall be of 316 stainless steel,
statically and dynamically balanced after assembly. Wearing rings shall be of bronze to BS
1400 LB2C and shall be renewable. Shaft shall be of gland packing.
The material of construction shall be as follows:
11.2.4
Casing
-
Bronze casing to BS 1400 LB2C
Impeller
-
Bronze to BS 1400 LG2C, double section enclosed
type.
Shaft Seal
-
Gland Packing, bronze material to BS 1400 LG2C.
Shaft Sleeves
-
Stainless steel 304 S 16 to BS 3100;
Wearing Rings
-
Bronze to BS 1400 LB 2.C;
Bearings
-
Ball thrust type rated for at least 40,000 hours L10
bearing lift.
VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE PUMPS (JOCKEY PUMP)
Multi-stage pumps shall be centrifugal type and arranged with vertical shafts. The pump
casings shall be closed-grained cast iron to BS 1452 grade 260, accurately machined and
assembled with metal-to-metal joints. The impellers shall be of zinc free bronze to BS 1400
PBI, mechanically balanced and keyed to shaft. Renewable guide rings are to be provided in
the casting, keyed to prevent rotation.
Pumps shall be driven by elevated in-line TEFC squirrel cage motors via extended vertical
shafted complete with universal couplings.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 90
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
The shafts shall be stainless steel grade 316. Stainless steel 304 sleeves shall be provided
to protect the shaft in the water space and through the sealing glands. The sleeves shall be
keyed to prevent rotation and secured against axial movement.
The bearings shall be of ball or roller type protected against ingress of water, dirt and other
matter.
11.2.5 DIESEL ENGINES PUMP
The pump driver shall be a horizontal shaft type internal combustion engine, manufactured by
Clarke , rated at 1780 rpm – 2960 RPM, clockwise rotation viewed from the end opposite the
pump. The engine shall be provided by the pump manufacturer with, at a minimum, the
following accessories for automatic operation.
• cooling waterlines, pressure regulator, strainer, bypass lines and necessary fittings for
engine cooling system, pre-piped and factory mounted.
• flexible exhaust connector
• exhaust silencer
• engine jacket water heater, factory installed.
• one set dual batteries, lead acid storage type.
• fuel storage tank sized to provide a minimum supply of one gallon of fuel per engine
maximum rated horsepower plus 5% for sump area plus 5% for expansion area, The
tank shall be furnished with legs for floor mounting and with a direct reading level gauge.
11.2.6
OPERATION
Fire pumps will be fully automatic in operation and once started will only be able to be
stopped manually. The Contractor shall supply and install all required pressure and flow
switches and wiring etc. to enable the system to operate as described.
Jockey pumps shall be arranged for automatic starting and stopping by means of pressure
switches. When the water pressure in the sprinkler or hydrant system drops to below 90% of
the pre-set level the pressure switch will activate the jockey pump. A minimum run timer shall
be incorporated to prevent the jockey pump from being started too frequently. If the pressure
in the system further drops to 80% of the pre-set level, the jockey pump shall stop
automatically and another pressure switch shall initiate the selected duty pump to start. If
the system pressure drops further, due to the failure of the duty pump or other reasons, a
third pressure switch shall initiate the standby pump to cut-in automatically.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 91
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
11.3
HYDRANT INSTALLATION
11.3.1
GENERAL
Hydrant pipework shall be supplied and installed as shown on the drawings and in
accordance with SNI and the local regulations.
11.3.2
PIPEWORK
The hydrant pipework shall be as specified in section “Pipework, valves and fitting” in this
document.
A 25mm or 40 mm diameter isolating stop valve shall be provided on the feed pipe to each
hose reel to match the existing pipe size. The valve shall be operated by a hand wheel on
which shall be permanently marked the direction of opening by means of an embossed arrow
or the word "OPEN".
A union shall be fitted between the isolating stop valve on the feed pipe and the hose reel to
enable individual hose reels to be dismantled for maintenance or overhaul.
11.3.3
HYDRANT PILLARS
Hydrant pillars shall be provided with concrete foundations and thrust blocks, as shown on
the drawings. The coupling Landing Valve Vander hyde type (Please confirm to local DPK /
DAMKAR recommendations).
11.3.4
INDOOR HYDRANT BOXES
Indoor hydrant boxes shall be provided with hydrant Pressure Reducing Valve in each inlet
pipe (Ø40 and Ø 65), hydrant valve, hose valve (complete with the hose), and manual call
point, indicator lamp, fire brigade telephone jack and alarm bell, as shown on the drawings.
11.4
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
11.4.1
GENERAL
A complete automatic sprinkler system shall be supplied and installed in accordance with the
drawings, the latest requirements of the Local Fire Authority, NFPA Rules and the
requirements described hereinafter.
11.4.2
HAZARD CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPANCIES
The sprinkler installation in the various areas shall be based on the following hazard
classifications as follow :
Area
Data Centre : Lobby,
Hazard
Light Hazard Group
K-factor
5.6
Response
Quick
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 92
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Area
Corridors, common
area
Office
Void ((high level
ceiling)
11.4.3
Hazard
K-factor
Response
Light Hazard Group
Light Hazard Group
5.6
8 or 11.2
Quick
Quick
SPRINKLER PIPEWORK
Sprinkler pipework shall be supplied and installed in the manner described in the section on
‘Pipework’ except noted here in after.
Sprinkler pipework shall be installed so that it can be drained to the installation control valve.
Trapped sections of the pipework, if any, shall be drained through permanent pipework
fittings with drain valves and brass plugs or caps. The Contractor shall make allowance for
additional drain points as required, to suit site conditions.
11.4.4
SPRINKLER HEADS
General
Sprinkler heads shall be of FM/UL listed. They shall be tested to with stand a water pressure
of 3500 Kpa before activating. They shall be to an approved pattern with deflectors for
upright, pendent or concealed application as required.
Sprinkler shall install when floor in above and ceiling distance is more than 800mm (as SNI
rules).
Type and Finish
When as requested by the interior Design, Sprinkler heads on suspended ceilings shall be
flush mounted and consist of a glass bulb, spray pattern type pendant sprinkler head.
All exposed parts of the sprinkler heads shall be chromium plated and guard cover (c/w
caging).
In concealed spaces and services areas, the sprinkler heads shall be glass bulb paint brass
spray pattern type, upright sprinkler heads.
Temperature Rating
The temperature rating of sprinkler heads shall be selected with regard to the occupancy of
each protected area. Sprinkler heads shall generally have a nominal temperature rating of
68°C. In areas where it is generally warmer, e.g. kitchen areas, genset and on the ceiling
House LV Room (Under Intake Ducting), the sprinkler heads shall have a temperature rating
of 93°C or higher.
The heat sensory element shall have a reaction time of not more than two minutes.
Orifice Sizes
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 93
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
The sprinkler head orifice sizes shall be as follows unless otherwise specified on the
drawings:
Orifice Size
12 mm
15 mm
20 mm
Hazard Class
Light Hazard
Ordinary Hazard
Extra Hazard
Spare Sprinkler Heads
The number of spare sprinkler heads shall be supplied as listed in ‘maintenance and service’
section and as per Regulation 26/PRT/M/2008 These spare sprinkler heads, spanner and a
test record book shall be kept in a signal red baked enamel steel cabinet of 1.6 mm
thickness. The cabinet shall be complete with lock under the master key system and be
installed in the building control room or engineer's room.
Sprinkler Head Locations
Sprinkler heads shall be located in positions shown on the drawings. While slight relocation
may result from building construction features or interference from other services, the
maximum spacing between sprinkler heads and coverage area shall not exceed those
stipulated in the NFPA 13 Rules or SNI rules.
Side wall Sprinkler Head
Sprinkler shall be extended coverage, quick response.
Allowance shall be made for such relocations within a radius of 1500 mm of the indicated
positions without additional cost. The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the ceiling installer to
set out the sprinkler locations to suit the site location of the unit grid. In general, all sprinklers
shall be located at the centre of the ceiling unit.
Chrome plated wire mesh guards shall be used to protect the sprinkler heads in the car park,
all plant rooms, all storage areas, and other areas where there is a risk of accidental
damage.
11.4.5
SPRINKLER ALARM SIGNAL
A sprinkler alarm signal will be transmitted to the Master Control Fire Alarm Panel via the
monitoring module in order to monitor the status of all flow switches. This work will be
carried out by the electrical contractor.
This contractor shall supply and install all required flow and pressure switches.
11.4.6
MAIN ALARM CONTROL VALVES SETS
Main alarm control valve sets for the building sprinkler system shall be FM/UL approved
type. Each control valve set shall be complete with the following:
•
Main stop valve.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 94
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
•
•
•
•
•
Alarm valve.
Water motor alarm and gong (300 mm diameter).
Test and drain valve.
Pressure gauges to indicate upstream and downstream system pressure.
Approved proving pipe or direct read water flow meter.
Every stop valve in the sprinkler installation including the main stop valve, shall be secured
opened by a leather strap and brass lock water the master key system and shall be fitted
with a label indicating the area protected.
11.5
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
11.5.1
GENERAL
The location and quantity of the fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with the
drawings and local regulations. Dry chemical powder type and Carbon Dioxide/portable fire
extinguishers shall be provided under this package.
Every fire extinguisher shall be manufactured to comply with the following appropriate British
Standards and shall be approved for use by the Local Fire Authority:
·
·
BS EN3 and SNI 03-3987
BS EN3 and SNI 03-3987
-
Portable Dry Powder Type of Fire Extinguisher;
Portable carbon Dioxide Fire Extinguisher;
All fittings and safety features necessary for the fire extinguishers to be approved for use as a
complete unit shall be incorporated.
11.5.2
INSTALLATION
Each fire extinguisher shall be suitably installed for upright instantaneous operation.
Wall extinguishers shall be mounted 1.2 m above the floor level. Suitable hangers or brackets
shall be provided.
The necessary operation, maintenance and reloading instructions shall be clearly displayed
permanently on the body.
All fire extinguishers installed other than inside electrical and mechanical plant rooms, shall be
complete with metal cabinets. The metal cabinet shall be painted signal red and be complete
with glass front and master key lock.
11.6
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM (PREACTION)
The pre-action system must complited a cabinet and the system shall be initialed by detectors
heated to trip point. When tripped, the normally closed detector circuit shall open the relays in
the control panel thus shutting off power to the solenoid valves in the trim box and sounding
the electric fire alarm bell. When the solenoid valves open the pressurized water in the top
chamber of the flow control valve shall be released and the clapper open. The system shall
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 95
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
then fill almost completely with pressurized water. When a sprinkler reaches operating
temperature, it shall open and spray water on to the fire. When the temperature in the fire area
drops below the trip point of all detectors, the detector circuit shall be reclosed. A relay shall
be closed in the panel which shall energize the timer. Water shall continue to discharge from
the open sprinklers for 1 to 5 minutes, depending on the timer setting. When the timer cycle is
complete, a relay in the control panel shall close and energize the solenoid valve in the trim
box. The flow of water shall stop from above the clapper of the flow control valve thereby
causing pressure to build up which shall close the valve clapper and stop the flow of water to
the opened sprinklers. The electric fire alarm shall continue to sound until the reset button is
pushed. Should the temperature build to the trip point of any detector during any phase of the
cycle, the system shall continue to flow or immediately start the flow of water to the fire. All
system components shall be UL listed / FM approved.
The system shall have the following components.
•
Pre-action Valve completed caging by costume.
•
Pre-action Valve completed Double interlock releasing system.
•
Flow control valve.
•
Trim piping and components
•
Check valve (rubber seat)
•
Gate valve (subsidiary stop valve)
•
Firecycle control panel
•
Valve trim box
•
Battery charger
•
Firecycle detectors
•
Firecycle detector cable
•
Main drain valve
•
Intermediate drain valve
•
Priming valve
•
Position indicator
•
Strainer
•
Electric alarm bell for bell for local fire alarm
•
Acceptable primary or maintenance air
•
A pressure switch to either activate an electric alarm or to shut down desired
equipment
•
Water motor alarm (Water alarm gong)
•
Alarm test valve
•
Alarm shut-off valve
11.6.1
Flow Control
The flow control valve shall be a quick opening, differential diaphragm valve with a springloaded floating clapper. The flow control valve shall be used to facilitate manual or automatic
on/off control. It shall also be used to control water pressure or water flow rates. The valve
shall form an integral part of the firecycle system.
11.6.2
Fire cycle Control Panel
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 96
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
The fire cycle control panel shall incorporate the necessary relays, timers, key type switches,
alarms and trouble lights essential to the operation of a fire cycle system. The panel shall
employ a printed circuit board and shall be completely factory wired ready to make
connections to the battery charger and fire cycle valve trim box.
11.6.3
Valve Trim Box
The fire cycle valve trim box shall house electrical terminal blocks, 24-volt D.C. solenoid
valves, and pressure switches necessary for the operation of a fire cycle system. It shall be
prewired and plumbed by the manufacturer for connections. It shall have a fully opened door
for easy access to all components.
11.6.4
Fire cycle Detectors
The fire cycle detector shall be a heat sensitive, normally closed, electrical detector which
operates at a fixed temperature. The detector units shall be connected with fire resistant
detector cable in series from and to the fire control panel. When a detector is heated to the
temperature set point, a mechanical switch opens and breaks the series circuit interrupting
the flow of current. When the temperature drops below the set point, the circuit shall be
re established. The heat probe shall be stainless steel and the top should be color coded for
temperature set point and spacing. The detector trip temperature should be factory set and is
not adjustable in the field. The detector shall be able to withstand 81°C temperature for short
periods of time without damage. The conduit box attached with the detector shall be copper
free aluminium with threaded conduit connections and adaptors provided for detector cable.
11.6.5
Battery Chargers and Batteries
Sub-Contractor shall supply and install individual automatic 24 VD.C. trickle battery charger
and batteries with sufficient capacity, maintenance free sealed to supply the whole system.
The chargers shall have facilities for manually operated boost charge, capable of
re charging the batteries from fully discharged to fully charged condition in not more than
eight (8) hours. The unit shall be suitable for use on a 220 V A.C. 50 Hz single phase supply
and shall automatically maintain the 24 V sealed lead acid batteries in a state approximate to
full charge and at the same time to compensate for the standing load. The batteries shall be
capable of maintaining the system for not less than 12 hours and then be able to operate in
the “alarm” condition for all bells for not less than one hour continuously. Fault indication
shall be given in the status panel when any one of the battery chargers is faulty or when the
D.C. voltage is low.
11.6.6
Smoke Detectors
All smoke detectors shall be of the photoelectric (optical) type. They shall comply with BS EN
54-7 or other equivalent standards acceptable to the employer’s representative. The smoke
detector shall operate on light scattering principle, containing an emitter and photo sensor.
The scattered light reaching the photo sensor shall be proportional to the smoke density
inside the detection chamber. The measuring chamber shall be so designed to create a very
low background signal in clean air condition. Other aerodynamic and optical design shall be
employed to control dust settlement to settle on non-critical surfaces so that high dust level
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 97
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
can be tolerated. Both the optical components and the detection chamber shall be protected
from the environment but still allow smoke to enter freely into the chamber for sampling. All
smoke detectors shall be fully operable between -10ºC to +70ºC and up to 95% RH, noncondensing.
11.6.7
Heat Detectors
All heat detectors shall be of a combination of fixed temperature operation and rate of rise of
temperature operation except in areas of high temperature such as kitchen or generator, etc.
where rate-of-rise response is undesirable due to the probability of false alarms and shall be
of resettable electronic type. They shall comply with BS EN 54-5 or other equivalent
standards acceptable to the employer’s representative. The nominal operating temperature
for heat detectors shall not exceed the expected maximum ambient temperature by more
than 30ºC. Generally, the temperature rating of heat detector shall be 60ºC. The heat
detector shall employ two matched thermal sensing elements in a bridge configuration to
give a response depending both on absolute temperature and rate of change of temperature.
The reference and sensing thermal sensors shall be fabricated under identical conditions to
ensure good matching and excellent tracking with both temperature and aging. Fixed
temperature heat detectors shall be provided in areas where rapid changes of ambient
temperature are likely. This shall include, but not limit to, in kitchen, water heater room,
generator room, transformer room, boiler room, sewage treatment plant and the like. All heat
detectors shall be fully operable between -10ºC to +70ºC and up to 95% RH,
non condensing.
11.7
FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM WITH DETECTION / RELEASE SYSTEM
11.7.1
FIRE SUPPRESSION WITH NOVEC SYSTEM
11.7.1.1 General Requirement
1. The work carried out by contractors includes Procurement, Installation, Testing and
Commissioning, Provision of Manpower and Equipment, Shop Drawing and As-built
Drawing.
2. Fire extinguisher installation work is done based on fire extinguishing system diagrams
and plan drawings
3. The main components that must be procured and installed consist of but are not limited
to the following equipment:
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Piping, support and hanger,
Valves,
Instrument,
Nozzle,
Cylinder gas,
Detector (addressable)
Wirings,
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 98
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
11.7.2
GAS FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
11.7.2.1 General
I. SCOPE
These descriptions and conditions explain the detailed material specifications and how to
install the Gas Fire Suppression System, which includes complete and perfect work
starting from the provision of equipment and materials to site installation, testing,
supervision, maintenance and warranty, for the project.
II. APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND PUBLICATION
A. The design, equipment, installation, testing and maintenance of the Clean Agent
Suppression System shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements set
forth in the latest edition of the following codes and standards:
NFPA 70
: National Electrical Code (NEC)
NFPA 72
: National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
NFPA 76
: Fire Protection for Telecommunications Systems
NFPA 92A
: Recommended Practice for Smoke Control Systems
NFPA 2001
: Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems
Ul Listed
FM Approved
Requirements of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ)
Manufacturer’s Design, Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manual
Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI)
The complete system shall have the applicable following listings and approvals: Factory
Mutual Global
Gas Fire Suppression System is a fire extinguisher that works automatically by using
gas and simultaneously notifies a fire with a light sign and a bell sound in each
protected room and in the central system Fire Suppression & Alarm System.
Gas Fire Suppression System must use Industrial Agent (gas) produced by local
Industry for easy refilling.
The contractor for this work must follow & be bound by the requirements stated in:
−
−
−
−
−
−
General explanation
Tender Drawings,
Construction drawings
Administrative requirements
Technical specifications
Shop Drawings
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 99
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
−
Hand over & Pre-bid Meetings
The contractor must be able to attach his agency letter from the system offered or a
Supporting Letter from the Authorized Distributor Agent. The agency letter is also
accompanied by a distributor registration certificate from the Ministry of Trade.
All equipment requiring grounding must be properly grounded and meet the
requirements.
For a perfect system, the contractor is obliged to repair or add equipment, if needed in
the completeness of the system, even though it is not described or stated.
All pipes must be painted in a color to be adjusted / determined later in order to
distinguish them from other installations.
All metal pipes embedded in the ground must be protected by an anti-rust layer.
Gas Fire Suppression is a fire extinguisher that works automatically using gas and
simultaneously notifies a fire with a light sign and a bell sound in each protected room
and on the Central Fire Suppression and Alarm System systems.
11.7.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid – Novec 1230 fluid, referenced as FK-5-1-12 in NFPA 2001
and ISO 14520, is a fluorinated ketone (or fluoroketone) with a chemical structure of
CF3CF2C(O)CF(CF3) 2. It is a clear, colorless, odorless liquid that is super pressurized with
nitrogen and stored in high-pressure containers. The system used is "Total Flooding System".
When the system works, the oxygen concentration will be below 4.5% but above 4.7%, so the
fire will be extinguished but it is still (must) safe for humans. With a discharge time of 10
seconds (2018 edition of NFPA 2001).
Gas fire extinguishing system must UL Listed & FM Approval standard and consists of the
following equipment:
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Agent Suppression stored as gas / vapor in cylindrical tubes
System were complete with cylinder valve, solenoid valve cylinder, selector
valve, low pressure switch.
Fire detector
Discharge Indicator
Control Panel
Manifold
Fire Alarm Bell & Strobe Light Lamp.
Manual Release – Abort Switch
Piping system complete with nozzle
Pressure relief device.
a. Fire suppression system must be able to work manually or automatically.
b. The manual operation system has a work sequence as :
−
Fire Pull release switch
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 100
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
c.
Alarm for evacuation
Ventilation blocked
Press the abort switch to cancel, when it will cancel the gas discharge
Time delay
Gas discharged
Discharge indicated flickered
Fire put out.
Automatic Operation will have the following sequence:
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Smoke Detection
ROR Heat Detection
Fire alarm
Fire ventilation (Cross Zone/ counting cone)
Alarm for evacuation
Ventilation blocked
Time delay
Fire put out.
d. For system supervision, testing and inspection must be carried out periodically of the
equipment used. Clear lists should be made for testing and inspection systems to facilitate
management.
e. For spaces that use a gas protection system, Agent Gas is placed centrally in one storage
tube room making it easier for maintenance and monitoring.
11.7.4 JOB DESCRIPTION FOR INSTALLATION OF GAS
•
Carry out the installation of gas agent piping starting from gas bottles to complete
discharge nozzles, fittings, pipe racks and other auxiliary tools according to the plan
drawings and system completeness according to NFPA standards.
•
Conducting a leak test (tightness) / Integrity Test on the rooms to be installed the Fire
Suppression System, proving that they have an "Enclosure Integrity Certification"
certificate. It is necessary to carry out this test so that the "total floading" system can
effectively extinguish fires.
•
Carry out the installation of wiring detectors according to the complete plan drawing of
pipes, hangers, cable / trunking racks and others.
•
Implement control cables from each protected room, fire suppression panels and storage
tube rooms.
•
Provide and install central equipment, alarm equipment, Photoelectric Smoke Detector,
discharge nozzle and other auxiliary equipment so that the fire suppression system can
work safely and perfectly.
•
Produce shop drawing and submit a revised drawing for approval.
•
Carry out system-wide testing.
•
Submit brochures, operation and maintenance manuals in Indonesian
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 101
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
•
Arrange for permits and submit good results work letter from the local Fire Department.
•
Carry out a maintenance period of 3 months and provide a guarantee period.
•
Provide pictures and practical writings affixed to each gas central
•
Train building owner operators.
11.7.5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
a. Conduit cables and pipes.
•
Power Cables:
− Copper cable core
− Voltage 1000 Volts and 600/1000 volts
− Cable Type NYA, NYM dan NYYHY
− Minimum size 1½ mm²
•
Detectors Cable and Risers:
− FRC type
− Copper cable core
− Voltage 300 Volt
− Twisted Shielded cable type
− Size minimum AWG 18
•
Control Cables (cables to bell, alarm etc) :
− Copper cable core
− Voltage 1000 Volts and 600/1000 volts
− Cable Type NYA, NYM dan NYYHY
− Minimum size 1½ mm²
•
Conduit Pipes:
− PVC Conduit Hight Impact for fittings
− Voltage 300 Volt
•
Kabel Tray:
− Size 20x10 cm for neatness of installation placement
− Hot Dip Galvanized
− Local productions
b. Pipes and fittings for gas
• Piping Material:
− Black Steel Seamless schedule 80 (standard API-5L atau JIS, ASTM)
− Red Painted
− Fitting:
− Class 3000
c. Centralized Cylinder Station
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 102
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
•
•
•
•
Function for storage of Gas Agent
The number of cylinders must be in accordance with the needs of fire fighting in
the largest zone
Cylinder Station must have :
− Frame
− Cylinder valve
− Safety vent (release valve)
− Selector valve
− Low Pressure switch
− Actuating cylinder
− Cylinder valve solenoid
− another equipment to complete the system
Each cylinder must have a clear plate name.
d. Gas Agent
• Refilling to each tube must not exceed the ASME filling density standard for boiler
and pressure vessel code.
• The filling into the tube must be 55 bars.
e. Discharge nozzle.
• Material: corrosion resistant metal - ceiling plate type complete with base plate in
accordance with agency standards.
• Type:
− Can disperse gas evenly.
− Each nozzle has a flow capacity as needed (see picture)
− Easy to clean.
• Size: refers to standard manufacture specification
• Directions: refers to drawings
f.
Addressable Photoelectric Smoke Detector
• Type: Addressable
• Each detector can detect smoke / fire
• Quantity: refers to drawings
g. Fire Alarm Bell
• Fire alarm bell placed on each room
• The buzzer alarm must be on the central LCD panel
h. Warning Light / Discharge Indicator
Must have bold red writing and bright light and work so that it attracts attention with
cautionary writing (refers to drawings)
i.
Release – Abort Switch
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 103
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
•
•
•
•
From the type of electrical contact that will work when the button is pressed for the
release switch and abort switch, the entire unit must be formed with a housing
made of non-combustible, rust-resistant and red colour materials.
Type: surface mounted.
Ability: When working, the contact remains ON until it is reset again. Can be tested
with a toggle switch in it.
Size: according to indicator light equipment, lock of switch and pushbutton.
11.7.6 INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS
11.7.6.1 Installation
• Installation of the wiring installation
• In areas where the installation ceiling is clamped to the concrete slab or hung using
a separate hanger every 100 m using a complete protective pipe fitting.
• Under the installation ceiling, it is attached to the column or wall using pipe
protectors complete with fittings.
• In the installation partition installed without pipes.
A. Installation of Gas Pipes
• In areas with plafond installation, hang up using a hanger and clam firmly enough to
hold the pipe.
• Under the installation ceiling, the piping is installed in the trunking cover
• How to install the hanger is as follows:
− Maximum distance of 3 m for diameters > 1½"
− And close to the point of concentration of the load (fitting, valve or nozzle)
− The maximum distance between the hanger and nozzle on the pipe is as follows:
− Pipes 25 mm – 90 mm
− Pipes 32 mm – 120 mm
− If this maximum distance is exceeded, a hanger must be added.
B. Piping Connections
• Pipe fitting by welding for sizes above > Ø 2"
• Pipe connection must be watertight.
• All fittings using special type for connection with welding and screwed according to
the size of the pipe referred.
• After the pipe has been installed, it must be painted red.
• Before nozzles and other equipment are installed the pipes must be blown-out and
tested. For the completeness of the installed system to be equipped with a pressure
relief device and others according to the pipe installation conditions.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 104
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
C. Equipment Installation
• Discharge nozzle: installed flat with a complete ceiling of the base plate.
• Smoke detectors complete with wiring, installed flat by the number according to the
plan drawing. The wiring should be neat and out of sight.
• Because some are installed along the edge of the wall, the partial nozzle type is 90º
to spray according to the drawing.
• Storage Cylinder Rack placed in the warehouse near the equipment room or placed
according to the picture. Storage cylinder rack consists of several cylinders, where
each cylinder must have been assembled in a number not exceeding the planned
space. Installation of storage cylinder rack must be complete with information
according to the system and placed on a strong frame. Gas filling must comply with
the storage cylinder specifications. Each storage cylinder must be assigned a name
plate that states:
− Filling weight
− Lock of switch
− Pressurization level
− Gas Agent Statement
D. Panel Suppression System
Placed on the ground floor in the ME room which is adjacent to the storage cylinder,
complete with indicators according to the system and other equipment such as:
• System
: Full addressable
• Voltage on stand by
: Depend on system
• Printer
: HP, Canon, Epson and serial port
• Alarm current
: Depend on system
• Humidity
: 0 to 49°
• Capacity
: 250 Addresses per loop
• Dry contact output rating
: 2A at 24 VDC
• Max output
: 4A
• Circuit style cable
: Style 4.5 and 7
• LCD Capacity
: 80 character
• Feature
:
− Application operating system computer under windows
− Up load/down load from memory flash at MCU.
− Disable/enable program.
− Fiber optic system available
− Network System available
• Facilities
:
− Serial port RS232 x 2
− Built in Buzzer.
− Dry output x 3
− Wet output x 2
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 105
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
•
•
•
Certified UL Listed and FM Approved + NFPA
Release - abort switch
:
Placed in each protected room (see picture), placed 150 cm high from the finish
floor, easy to see and easy to reach.
Discharge indicator, placed according to plan drawings and specifications.
Note:
•
•
All systems to be installed, must be drawn up in advance to be approved by the
Management Constructions consultant.
The equipment to be installed must be new in this case there must be no defects
and must be approved in advance by Management Constructions consultant.
11.7.6.2 Fire Suppression System Contractors, Agents and Products
A. The contractor who will carry out this work must have experience in the field of
procurement, installation and maintenance of the Fire Suppression System for at least
10 (ten) years and proven by a certificate from the principle and an official letter of
support from an Authorized Distributor in Indonesia.
B. Products used must come from an authorized distributor in Indonesia, which is
indicated by a Certificate of Registration as a Distributor of Overseas Production Goods
- Kementerian Perdagangan
C. The product used must have a Certified Refilling & Booster as well as a Gas Filling Tool
from products Agent in Indonesia for easy refilling.
D. The proposed Fire Suppression equipment must be from 1 (one) vendor so that it can
be accounted for and must get support from the principal.
E. The contractor must supply the Hydraulic Flow Calculation Fire Suppression System
used.
11.7.6.3 Specific Technical Specifications, Gas Suppression Contractor and Engineer
1. All equipment must be UL Listed and FM Approved
2. In accordance with Undang - Undang No.2 of 2017, the contractor must have
competence with a Certificate of Expertise (SKA) minimum " AHLI TEKNIK
PLAMBING DAN POMPA MEKANIK – MADYA", "AHLI TEKNIK PROTEKSI
KEBAKARAN - MADYA ".
3. In accordance with Undang - Undang No.18 of 1999 on construction services, the
contractor must have the competence with a certificate of (minimum)
"PEMELIHARAAN DAN PERAWATAN BANGUNAN - MUDA".
4. Have a Badan Usaha Jasa Pelaksana Konstruksi Certificate issued by the LPJK
with a (minimum) middle class classification (KLASIFIKASI MENENGAH) of
Mechanical and Electrical Installation Business Servises.
11.7.6.4 Testing
a. The testing implementation must be witnessed by the Constitutional Court
consultant, making a test report
b. All equipment and materials for testing are provided by the Contractor.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 106
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
c. Provision of room integrity testing for protected room.
d. Testing is carried out for each room / unit.
e. Gas fire extinguishing piping system testing.
• The test is carried out before the gas cylinder and nozzle are installed.
• All holes are closed, then the N2 gas is pressed into the system by 10 kg / m²
(seen on the pressure gauge) for a period of 10 minutes.
• If the pressure gauge shows a constant number, it means that the piping has
been declared good.
• System Testing:
− Before the system testing is carried out, make sure the discharge command
is connected at the time of the test.
− Photoelectric smoke detector was tested with smoke and then checked
whether it was in accordance with the expected system sequences. Testing
must be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and
witnessed by the relevant specifications.
• Maintenance:
To ensure that the system runs well, the Contractor must take into account the
cost of periodic testing as stated below:
− Dried test is done once every 6 months by doing:
o Electrical testing
o Monitoring of pressure condition in storage cylinder on pressure gauge.
• Fire Detector Testing
All installation and equipment operations must be tested so that they are
obtained and work perfectly according to the manufacturer's requirements and
the specifications requested. If necessary, equipment installation materials are
requested by the Construction Management Consultant / Supervisory Consultant
appointed to be tested in the laboratory at the expense of the contractor.
The test stages are as follows:
− Every part of the wiring installation must be tested so that good results are
obtained according to the System Work Design and manufacturer's
requirements.
− For the part to be closed, the test is carried out before and after the part is
closed.
− All equipment must be tested in good condition and work perfectly according
to the factory requirements that System Work Design wants.
− All connections shall be checked and tested in a fully connected state with
the correct polarity.
− All control systems and work systems must be tested in accordance with the
required requirements.
− All test results must be made a written report and witnessed by the
Construction Management Consultant.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 107
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
11.7.7 SUMMARY OF SPECIFICATION STANDARDS
11.7.7.1 TECHNICAL:
1.
2.
The gas agent used is NOVEC 123
Gas fire suppression system based on standard UL Listed & FM approval
11.7.9.2 DOCUMENT:
1.
2.
3.
11.8
Supporting Letter from Authorized Distributor Agent
Distributor Registration Certificate from the Ministry of Trade
Certificate of Refilling Station / Booster Facility from the manufacturer to ensure the
ability to refill the gas
ASPIRATING SMOKE DETECTORS (ASD)
The ASD shall be the latest and most advanced detection technology to provide very early
warning and the best nuisance alarm rejection for a wide range of applications. Building on the
Flair detection technology and years of application experience, ASD detectors achieve
consistent performance over their lifetime via absolute calibration. In addition, the ASD
delivers a range of revolutionary features that provide user value.
1. Flair Detection Technology
The ASD shall have Flair new detection with large chamber that forms the core of
aspirating smoke technology, providing better detection, zero nuisance alarms, higher
stability, increased longevity and dust discrimination. The sampled particles using a high
power photodiodes allow vastly more data that can be used to derive actionable
information about the observed particles using analytics. A high-power LED combined with
an LVSC (large-volume smoke chamber) sampling chamber results in unparalleled
adjustable sensitivity with low aerodynamic resistance and the utmost resistance to
soiling. These features ensure durability and a long system life. The patented lint filter
helps suppress one-off disturbances.
2. Installation, Commissioning and Operation
ASD shall be equipped with a powerful aspirator that enables use of a total of 2x984 ft
(2x300 m) of sampling pipe in the two pipes model with two sensors. Out of box operation
is made possible with EasyConfig which allows airflow normalisation and AutoLearn
Smoke and Flow to be initiated from within the detector. Sampling tubes for all systems
can be accurately calculated, optimised and documented with the VdS-tested ASD
PipeFlow PC program. This offers the possibility of asymmetrical and therefore cheaper
pipe layouts. ASD Confi g is the tool for commissioning and maintaining the ASD. The
Config Over-Line function means this can be used without additional networking, including
from the fire alarm control panel (FACP). And RS 485 networking allows an entire ASD
array to be visualised and operated at the same time.
3. Networking
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 108
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
ASD devices communicating on networking shall provide a robust bi-directional
communication network allowing continued redundant operation even during single point
wiring failures. Networking enables primary reporting, centralized configuration, control,
maintenance, and monitoring.
4. Ethernet connectivity
ASD detectors shall have Ethernet connectivity as standard features. The detector can be
added to a corporate network, PC’s installed with ASD monitoring and configuration
software to connect wirelessly to the detector via the network.
5. Backward Compatibility
ASD must be compatible with existing ASD installations. The detector occupies the same
mounting footprint, pipe, conduit and electrical connector positioning as ASD. ASD is also
compatible with existing networking installations allowing monitoring of both ASD Net and
legacy detectors via the latest ASD application.
ASD shall have Features as follow:
• one and two pipe models.
• LVSC (large-volume smoke chamber) technology delivers reliable very early warning
in a wide range of environments with minimal nuisance alarms.
• Multistage filtration and optical protection with clean air barriers ensures lifetime
detection performance
• Five alarm levels and a wide sensitivity range deliver optimum protection for the
widest range of applications
• Simple LED display provides instant status information for immediate response
• Flow fault thresholds per port accommodate varying airflow conditions
• Separate filter retains dust and remaining filter life for predictable maintenance
• Extensive event log (20,000 events) for event analysis and system diagnostics
• AutoLearn smoke and flow for reliable and rapid commissioning
• Referencing to accommodate external environmental conditions to minimise nuisance
alarms.
• Remote monitoring with Networking for system review and proactive maintenance
• Ethernet for connectivity software for configuration, secondary monitoring and
maintenance
• USB for PC configuration, and firmware upgrade using a memory stick
• Field replaceable sub-assemblies enable faster service and maximum uptime.
Listings / Approvals
• UL
• ULC
• FM
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 109
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
• ActivFire
• CE
• VdS
• EN 54-20, ISO 7240-20
One or two Pipe sampling
• Class A (40 holes / Fire 1 = 0.028% obs/m)
• Class B (80 holes / Fire 1 = 0.027% obs/m)
• Class C (2x120 holes / Fdire 1 = 0.056% obs/m)
11.9
LI-ION TAMER
11.9.1
GENERAL
The off-gas monitoring system is a system comprised of a distributed sensing network that is
designed to monitor lithium-ion battery electrolyte solvent vapour venting. The off-gas
detection system should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
The system includes the following components:
• Sensors (Monitoring and Reference)
• Hub (Power over Ethernet (PoE) or Direct Power)
• Terminator
• PoE & Ethernet Switches
• Controller
• Cables
• Relay Module (optional)
• Power Supplies
11.9.2
COMPONENTS
11.9.2.1 SENSORS : Monitoring Sensor (Part # LT-SEN-M3) & Reference Sensor (Part # LT-SENR3)
- Monitoring Sensors shall be distributed in the application to monitor for lithium-ion battery
cell venting.
- Reference Sensors shall be distributed in the application to monitor nuisance alarm
sources.
- Sensors shall receive power supplied by the Hub.
- Sensors shall provide off-gas, temperature, and humidity readings via CANbus to the Hub.
- Sensors shall have two RJ45 connectors for upstream and downstream connection along
the daisy-chain.
- Sensors can operate within relative humidity ranges from 0 to 90%, and temperature
ranges from10 to 50°C (14°F to 122°F).
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 110
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
- The unit will be certified to the following:
• ETL listed to UL/IEC 61010 and CSA 22.2 NO. 61010 for product safety
• EN 61326-1:2013 for EU Directive (2014/30/EU)
• RoHS 3 EU 2015/863, WEEE, and REACH compliant
• UKCA
• FCC
• The sensor shall be manufactured in an ISO 9001:2015 production environment.
• The sensor shall be capable of self-diagnosing error states.
• The sensor shall be checked with yearly maintenance checks to continue sensor
performance. The validation of sensor operation shall be done in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations.
11.9.3
HUB, PoE & hub, direct power ( part#lt-acc-hub-poe, lt-acc-hub-pwr )
- The Hub originates the daisy-chain connection of the sensors and distributes 12 VDC to
the sensors.
- The Hub - PoE shall receive power from PoE.
- The Hub - Direct Power shall receive power from a 12 VDC Power Supply.
- The Hub shall be capable of communicating with the sensor(s) over CANbus.
- The Hub shall be capable of communicating information to the Controller via TCP/IP over
Ethernet.
- he Hub - PoE shall have two RJ45 connectors for the daisy-chain connections to
sensor(s).The Hub - Direct Power shall have one RJ45 connector for the daisy-chain
connections to sensor(s).
- The Hub shall be capable of detecting various errors and alarm conditions for selfdiagnosing capabilities.
11.9.4
TERMINATOR
- The terminator shall be an RJ45 . plug that terminates the sensor’s daisy-chain CANbus
connection.
11.9.5
ETHENET SWITCH – POE ( PART # LT – ACC – POE )
- The Ethernet Switch - PoE shall distribute 44-57 VDC to the Hub(s).
- The Ethernet Switch - PoE shall be capable of communicating information from the Hub to
the Controller via TCP/IP over Ethernet.
- All Ethernet ports on the Ethernet Switch - PoE shall meet IEEE 802.3af, Class 0.
11.9.6
ETHENET SWITCH ( PART # LT – ACC – ETS )
- The Ethernet Switch shall be capable of communicating information from the Hub to the
Controller via TCP/IP over Ethernet.
- 10/100 Ethernet ports shall meet IEEE 802.3i, 802.3u, 802.3x.
11.9.7
CONTROLLER ( PART # LT-CTR-SML )
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 111
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
- The Controller is a Linux-based industrial computer that aggregates and processes sensor
signals, communicates sensor status and records a detailed history of time-stamped data
from the sensors for post-event diagnosis.
- The Controller aggregates up to 100 sensors.
- The Controller processes the sensor signal status and communicates if a lithium-ion
battery cell venting has occurred.
- The Controller provides temperature and humidity measurements from each sensor.
- The Controller shall be capable of detecting and communicating system error status.
- The Controller will require a power supply rated at 12 VDC.
- The Controller will communicate system status through Modbus TCP/IP.The Controller will
be capable of connecting to a relay module to provide configurable dry-contact outputs.
11.9.8
NETWORK CABLES ( PART # LT-ACC-NCL )
- The Network Cable(s) shall be Cat 5e or Cat 6a, straight through, shielded (S/UTP), snagfree, 22-26 AWG cable with 50 micro inches gold plated connectors and shield connected
to RJ45 connector shell on both ends
11.9.9
ETHERNET RELAY MODULE ( PART # LT-ACC-ERO-16 )
- The Ethernet Relay Module shall connect to the Controller via RJ45 Ethernet.
- The Relay Module shall provide 16x SPDT Form C relay outputs.
11.9.10 ETHERNET RELAY MODULE ( PART # LT-ACC-ERO-16 )
- The Power Supplies shall provide an output voltage of either 12 VDC or 48 VDC.
- The Power Supplies shall require an input voltage of 90 ~ 264 VAC with a frequency of 47
~ 63 Hz.
11.9.11 EXECUTION
11.9.11.1 INSTALLATION
The installation should be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
11.9.11.2 Maintenance
The maintenance procedures should be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 112
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
12.0
TESTING AND DOCUMENTATIONS
I.
SYSTEM INSPECTION and CHECKOUT
After the system installation has been completed, the entire system shall be checked out,
inspected and functionally tested by qualified, trained personnel, in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommended procedures and NFPA standards.
A. All containers and distribution piping shall be checked for proper mounting and
installation
B. All electrical wiring shall be tested for proper connection, continuity and resistance
to earth
C. The complete system shall be functionally tested, in the presence of the owner or
his representative, and all functions, including system and equipment interlocks,
must be operational at least five (5) days prior to the final acceptance tests
1. Each detector shall be tested in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended procedures, and test values recorded
2. All system and equipment interlocks, such as door release devices, audible and
visual devices, equipment shutdowns, local and remote alarms, etc. shall function
as required and designed
3. Each control panel circuit shall be tested for trouble by inducing a trouble
condition into the system
II. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
Prior to final acceptance, the installing contractor shall provide operational training to
each shift of the owners personnel. Each training session shall include control panel
operation, manual and (optional) abort functions, trouble procedures, supervisory
procedures, auxiliary functions and emergency procedures.
III. OPERATION and MAINTENANCE
Prior to final acceptance, the installing contractor shall provide complete operation and
maintenance instruction manuals, four (4) copies for each system, to the owner. All
aspects of system operation and maintenance shall be detailed, including piping
isometrics, wiring diagrams of all circuits, a written description of the system design,
sequence of operation and drawing illustrating control logic and equipment used in the
system. Checklists and procedures for emergency situations, troubleshooting techniques,
maintenance operations and procedures shall be included in the manual.
IV. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
Upon completion of each system, the installing contractor shall provide four (4) copies of
system "As-Built" drawings to the owner. The drawings shall show actual installation
details including all equipment locations (i.e.: control panel, agent container, detectors,
alarms, manuals and aborts, etc.) as well as piping and conduit routing details. Show all
room or facilities modifications, including door and/or damper installations completed. One
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 113
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
(1) copy of reproducible engineering drawings shall be provided reflecting all actual
installation details.
V. ACCEPTANCE TESTS
A. the time "As-Built" drawings and maintenance/operations manuals are submitted, the
installing contractor shall submit a "Test Plan" describing procedures to be used to
test the control system. The Test Plan shall include a step-by-step description of all
tests to be performed and shall indicate the type and location of test apparatus to be
employed. The tests shall demonstrate that the operational and installation
requirements of this specification have been met. All tests shall be conducted in the
presence of the owner and shall not be conducted until the Test Plan has been
approved.
B. The tests shall demonstrate that the entire control system functions as designed and
intended. All circuits shall be tested: automatic actuation, solenoid and manual
actuation, HVAC and power shutdowns, audible and visual alarm devices and manual
override of abort functions. Supervision of all panel circuits, including AC power and
battery power supplies, shall be tested and qualified.
C. A room pressurization test shall be conducted, in each protected space, to determine
the presence of openings which would affect the agent concentration levels. The test
shall conducted using the Retro-Tec Corp. Door Fan system, or equivalent, with
integrated computer program. All testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 2001,
Appendix B.
D. If room pressurization testing indicates that openings exist which would result in
leakage and/or loss of the extinguishing agent, the installing contractor shall be
responsible for coordinating the proper sealing of the protected space by the general
contractor or his sub-contractor or agent. The general contractor shall be responsible
for adequately sealing all protected space against agent loss or leakage. The installing
contractor shall inspect all work to ascertain that the protected space have been
adequately and properly sealed. THE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM INSTALLING
CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SUCCESS OF THE ROOM
PRESSURIZATION TESTS. If the first room pressurization test is not successful, in
accordance with these specifications, the installing contractor shall direct the general
contractor to determine, and correct, the cause of the test failure. The installing
contractor shall conduct additional room pressurization tests, at no additional cost to
the owner, until a successful test is obtained. Copies of successful test results shall be
submitted to the owner for record. Upon acceptance by the owner, the completed
system shall be placed into service.
VI. SYSTEM INSPECTIONS
A. The installing contractor shall provide two (2) inspections of each system, installed
under this contract, during the one-year warranty period. The first inspection shall be
at the six month interval, and the second inspection at the 12-month interval, after
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 114
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
system acceptance. Inspections shall be conducted in accordance with the
manufacturer's guidelines and the recommendations of NFPA 2001.
B. Documents certifying satisfactory system operation shall be submitted to the owner
upon completion of each inspection.
VII. WARRANTY
All system components furnished and installed under this contract shall be warranted
against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which is
standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than one (1) year from the date of
system acceptance.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 115
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
13.0
ELECTRICAL WORKS IN ASSOCIATION WITH PLUMBING,
SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND FIRE PROTECTION SERVICES
13.1
GENERAL
13.2
SANITARY,
FIRE
a)
This section covers the general requirements for electrical work to be installed under
this Specification.
a)
The contractor shall supplyy and install all elctrical wiring, switchgear etc., necessary
for the the complete, safe and satisfactory operation of the plant covered by the
Specification.
b)
In case the permanent supply is not available, the Contractor shall be responsible for
the supply and installation of all temporary power required for the operation of all fire
fighting equipment, automatic alarm system etc., during the inspection period.
c)
All equipment provided shall be selected of ‘tropicalised’ designed for use in conditions
up to 40C ambient air temperature and 100% relative humidity.
d)
All equipment, materials, workmanship and fittings shall comply with the appropriate
BS or local Authorities ‘requirements as listed in the relevant paragraphs of this
section, or an approved equivalent international standards.
e)
The electricity supply will be 400/230 Volt, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire. All equipment shall
be designed to operate with a +- 10% voltage tolerance without a loss of rated output
and frequency tolerance shall be +- 4%.
f)
All equipment shall be connected to ensure that the phases are balances to the
requirements of the local Supply Authority.
g)
Any high voltage motor if required to consider to match with the contractor proposed
equipment or required to ensure voltage dip during starting comply with the Local
Supply Authority requirement. The contractor shall propose the detail design for the
complete High Voltage Installation for Architect acceptance. The time and cost to
complete the installation shall be included in the contract.
SUBMISSION
a. All technical submissions shall be accepted by the Architect prior to the respective
stages of construction.
b. As a minimum requirement, the submission shall include the following:
a. Equipment submission with manufacturer’s data
b. Sample submission
c. Shop drawing of the cable routings showing the co-ordinated routing of cables,
arrangement on cable trays, methods of fixing of cable trays and cables, tec. All
conduits including concealed conduit routing drawings shall also be included.
d. Cable test reports and PSB certification
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 116
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
13.3
e.
Cable schedule indicate the follwing data include
- Cable code and type installation method
- Cable feed form and serve to
- Cable route length and voltage drop
- Cable capable and
- Upstream protection breaker rating. The cable schedule shall be endorsed by
the cable manufacturer.
f.
g.
Calculation of the prospective short circuit current
Full discrimination relay and circuit curves indicate relay setting and breaker
selection shall be co-ordinate by the contractor and submit for clearance. The
submission shall cover motor starting curve, both O/C and G/F protection up to
equipment level and shall be endorsed by this contractor’s Installation Electrical
LEW.
REGULATIONS AND STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS
a) The entire electrical installation shall be in accordance with the patent regulation and
requirement of the local Authorities having jurisdiction.
b) The requirements of the latest local Electrical Authority Standard shall be taken as the
minimum standard for this installation.
c) All eletrical work for the Mechanical Installation inside the fuel oil tank room shall be in
accordance to BS 4345.
d) All related British Standards Specification.
13.4
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHBOARDS EQUIPMENT
a) Provision shall be made within the factory built assemblies for the proper support and
bracing of outgoing and incoming cables or busducts.
b) Weatherproof cable glands and all necessary non – ferrous gland plates., etc. shall be
provided for all cable entering or leaving the switchboards. Cable terminating end boxes
shall be provided below the termination boxes.
c) Busducts entries to the switchboard shall be liaised with busduct vendor for the exact
position and phasing.
d) All the Floorand Wall mount panel in the Electrical Motor Control Centre Room shall be
IP 42 rating and all the Floor and Wall mount in the Mechanical Plant Room shall be IP
65 rating.
e) Detail of Cable or busduct in ad out of the swicthboard shall take into consideration of the
IP rating requirement as specified for the switchboard.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 117
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
f)
13.4.1
All control switches shall be of the rotary type of Santon, Kraus and Naimer or other
approved manufacture.
FLOOR STANDING MOTOR CONTROL PANELS
1. Control Panels shall be self-contained suitable for indoor service in a temperature of
450C, built up of enclosed compartments to preclude fault transference between
sections of the switchboard.
2. Control Panels shall be arranged for the maximum safety of personnel. All power wiring
and busbars shall be fully enclosed with isolating and insulation barriers and interlocks
provided to endure maximum safeguards. All switches shall be lockable in either the
‘OFF’ or ‘ON’ position.
3. Control panels shall be of the floor standing type tested modular design, totally
enclosed ‘deep front type’, consisting of dished front panels and doors built up on an
approved substantial mild steel angle or channel frame with no cross-struts, and shall be
fitted with removable rear and end panels in position with six fixing points.
4. All panels and doors shall be constructed of best quality, dead-flat mild steel plate not
less than 2 mm thick. Neat cut outs shall be provided in dished panels to allow the
exposure of circuit breaker toggles, and fuse switch operating handles and indicators
only. The edges of all outlets and drilled holes shall be burr free.
5. Doors shall be sfittened and provided with gaskets and concealed non-ferrous door
hinges. Door handles shall be chrome plated and incorporate a barrel type locking
mechanism and shaft adjustment for increasing sealing pressure.
6. All switches shall be provided with mechanical interlocks to prevent any positive access
to any equipment inside the cubicle when the switch is in the ‘ON’ position.
7. Dished panels shall be stiffened and held in place with chrome plated castle head nuts
attached to fixed studs of not less than 10 mm nominal diameter. All fixing hardware
shall be cadmium plated.
8. The removable rear panels shall be provided with a pair of handles for easy
fixing/removal of the panels.
9. Provision shall be made for lifting cubicle switchboards. Eye bolts shall not be used
when subjected to shear stresses.
10. Adequate provision and space shall be provided for bending and connecting cables,
wich shall be separated from switchboard busbars.
11. All internal small wiring shall be PVC insulated, neatly, bunched and run on supporting
cleats or in trunckings, colour coded and labelled or sleeved for identification. All
switch-board small wiring is to terminate on labelled terminal boards or strips to which
external connections are made.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 118
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
12. Insulators, including busbar supports, shall be non-hygroscopic and non-deteriorating.
The use of fibrous materials, linseed oil, varnish, “Presspalin”, etc. is prohibited.
13. The contractor shall ensure that the overall power factor of the main switchboard is
greater than 0.85 lagging at all operating conditions of the motors. The contractor shall
be responsible for the supply and installation of power factor correction capacitor to
improve the power factor to 0.85 lagging.
14. Low voltage switchboards shall be constructed to withstand a system fault level
experience at location of installation with minimum 31 MVA at 400 Volt for 3 second and
a short time Current of 43 KA for 3 second. Low voltage switchboards shall be designed
to BS 5486:Part 1. From 3b, unless otherwise specified.
15. High voltage switchboards shall be constructed to withstand a system fault at location of
installation with minimum 50 KA for 3 seconds and to IEC 298 and BS 5227.
16. Type test certificates, issued by an international reputable and independent testing
authority such as PSB, certifying the circuit breaker, busbar and its enclosure shall be
submitted for endorsement.
17. Ventilating water-proof louvers are to be provided on the sides and back and are to be
of approved design with internal dust baffles. The consideration of Louvers shall
consider the IP protection requirement to suit the location of installation.
18. Where ventilating fans are installed, a low level, filtered air intake shall be provided. The
filter shall be removable from outside the switchboard.
19. Current transformers shall be to BS 3938 and mounted without reduction of busbars or
connections and arranged from ease of removal. Explosion flaps prevent plates and
doors being shot off at a high short circuit level. The board shall be painted with HighSolid channel, acrylic/polyester, electrostatic spray oven baked.
13.4.2
WALL MOUNTED PANEL
a) Wall mounted panel with an appropriate rating and number of circuits shall be provided to
supply power to plant located throughout the building.
b) Panel enclosures are to be fabricated from galvanised sheet metal and finished in enamel
of a colour to the aprroval of the Architect. Inside the enclosure door, a circuit chart
indicating the number of ways, location of equipment, loading and protection rating shall
be fixed.
c) All wiring terminations, busbars, and live parts within the panel board shall be adequately
shrouded and an insulating front shield of minimum 1.6 mm thickness shall be provided to
completely screen the unit’s interior. Only the operating dolly and insulated sorround
shall project through the shield.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 119
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
d) The units are to be provided with sufficient wiring ways for outgoing circuits at both the
top and bottom of the board.
13.4.3
BUSBARS
a) All busbars shall be made of hard drawn high conductivity copper to BS 1433 and shall be
electro-tinned. Construction, making and arrangement of the busbars, connections and
auxiliary wiring shall be to BS 5486:Part 1.
b) Busbars shall be adequately rated and supported by porcelain or moulded insulators
spaced at suitable interval the complete assembly being capable of withstanding the
maximum mechanical stress to which it may be subjected ubder fault conditions. Full size
neutral bars shall be provided.
c) Busbars shall be so arranged that all conductors can be brought onto the bars without
undue bending.
d) Conductors between the busbars and fuse switches or isolators are to be high
conductivity copper bar or cable, having a current rating of not less than that of the
switches to which they are connected. The conductors are to be insulated with PVC
sheathing and colour coded for phase identification.
e) Removable bolted links shall be provided for the accomodation of current transformers for
metering and protection facilities without affecting the mechanical and electrical properties
of the busbars as a whole.
f)
13.4.4
A full length earthing busbar shall be mounted in the switchboard in an approved location,
for the connection of low voltage earthng conductors. All bolts shall be tightened with an
even tension. Approved spring washer with cadmium plated high tensile steel bolts with
BSF thread and having approved cadmium plated lock nuts shall be used.
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS
a) Air circuit breakers shall comply with and be tested to BS 4752:Part1.
b) Air circuit breakers shall be triple pole units with an interrupting capacity of not less than
the short circuit level experience with minimum 31 MVA at 415 Volt for 3 sec.
c) Unless noted otherwise on the drawings, ACB’s shall be withdrawable, mounted on a
guide rail framework assembly including rear isolation contacts which are supplied by the
circuit breaker manufacturer.
d) The racking gear shall be fully interlocked to prevent withdrawal and re-engagement of
the breaker with its contacts closed. The racking gear shall be three clear positions –
sevice, test, with main contacts isolated, and fully isolated.
e) When the ACB is withdrawn, all live parts shall be protected by shrouding or lockable
shutters. The ACB shall be closely by a stored energy device, operating in two stages.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 120
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Initially, the mechanism is charged either electrically or mechanically, and then the device
is released to close the breaker contacts. The operating mechanism shall be trip-free.
f) Overcurrent, short circuit and eearth fault protection shall be provided with current
transformers, operating relays arranged to provide inverse time delay characteristics.
g) Looking shall be provided to fix the circuit breaker in the disengaged position.
h) Non-withdrawable air circuit breakers shall be fitted with directacting overcurrent
protection. In other respects, they shall be similar to the withdrawable units.
13.4.5
MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS (MCCB’S)
a) All moulded case circuit breakers shall confirm to BS 4752:part 1, 1977, and be of one,
approved, make throughout the project. The body and base of the units are to be
moulded and the units are to be sealed after assembly.
b) The load handling contacts are to be silver/tungsten and the contacts and operating
mechanism so designed as to give a wiping action both at make and break.
c) The breaker operating mechanism is to be of the trip-free type so designed to prevent the
load handling contacts from closing on a fault.
d) The toggle handle shall open and close all poles of a multiple circuit breaker
simultaneously. A fault on one pole shall open all poles.
e) The MCCB’s shall have a fault level capacity at location of installation with minimum 30
MVA at 400 Volt.
f) Circuit protection against overload and fault conditions is to be provided by means of a
thermal-magnetic devicee designed to give thermal operation on overload and magnetic
operation under fault conditions.
g) Position of the breaker operating dolly are to be clearly indicated for ‘ON’ and ‘OFF’.
h) MCCB’s shall be suitable for use at 40 degree C.
13.4.6
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER
a) Single pole or triple pole miniature sicrcuit breakers 9MCB) are to be used for circuit
protection.
b) All MCB’s shall conform to BS 4752 Part 1. The bodyand abse of the units are to be
moulded bakelite or similar material and the units are to be sealed after assembly.
c) The load handling contacts are to be silver/tungsten, and the contacts and operating
mechanism are so designed as to give a iping action both at make and break.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 121
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
d) The breaker operating mechanism is to be th etrip free type. A thermal-magnetic time
tripping mechanism is to be included for circuit protection against overload and short
circuit. Short circuit of this MCB shall not less than fault level experience at location of
installation with minimum 9kA.
e) Tripping characteristic of MCB’s shall be type 2 or 3 for 5A and 10A and type 2 for 15A or
above.
13.4.7
FUSED SWITCHGEAR AND ISOLATORS
a) All fused switchgear and isolators whether mounted in a cubicle type switchboard or
separately mounted shall be heavy duty type conforming to the requirements of BS
5419:1977. All contacts are to be fully shrouded and are to have a breaking capacity on
manual operation as required by British Standards.
b) Operation of fuse switches shall be independent of the operator’s control, with a quick
make/quick beak action.
c) The fuse links for fuse-switched and switch fuses are to be high rupturing capacity,
cartridge type conforming to BS 88 and ASTA certified for Class Q1 fusing factor.
d) Fuse-switches and isolators mounted in cubicle type switch-boards are to be enclosed in
separate sheet metal compartments, and mechanical interlocks are to be provided
between the cubicle doors and the switch operating mechanism, so arranged that the
cubicle door may not be opened with the switch on the ‘ON’ position. Similiarly it shall not
be possible to close the switch with the cubicle door open, except that provision shall be
made within the cubicle for authorised persons to defeat the mechanical interlock for test
purposes, and close the switch with the door in the open position.
e) The ‘ON’ and ‘OFF’ positions of all switches and isolators shall be celarly indicated by a
mechanical flag indicator or similar device.
f) In TP&N fuse-switch units, bolted neutral links are to be fitted. For single pole and neutral
fuse-switches and isolating switches, the netral conductor is to be taken through a bolted
link.
13.4.8
FUSES
a) All fuses shall be HRC cartridge type complying with BS 88 and having a fusing factor of
Class Q1 and a category of duty AC 46.
b) Fuse carriers and holders, if required, shall be constructed of ceramic or HD phenolic
moulding to BS 771/159.
13.4.9
CONTACTORS
Contactors or control relays are to be single or triple pole, conforming to BS 5424: Part
1:1977. The rating shall be as noted on the drawing but in any case, shall not be less than
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 122
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
10A or the rating of the circuit, whichever is the greater. All ratings shall be “continuous” and
all contacts shall be silver plate. Contactor coils shall operate from a 230 Volt AC Electricity
Supply.
13.4.10 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND PROTECTION RELAYS
a) All ammeters and voltmeters for use in conjuction with switchgear are to be of the moving
iron pattern to comply with BS 89 for industrial accuracy.
b) Unless otherwise specified, all meters are to be 100 mm dial square fluch pattern with
quadrant scales.
c) Ammeters with scale deflections greater than 100A installed in the switchboard shall
include all phase and neutral current.
d) All ammeters shall be a continuous overload capacity of 120% of the upper limit of the
scale for two hours. Each ammeter shall be provided with an adjustable red index pointer
to indicate the normal full load current.
e) Ammeters shall be provided for motors of 5.5 kW or larger and they shall be capable of
starting current and shall have a compressed overload scale for this purpose. Motor
current reading shall be provided on one phase only.
f) Voltmeters shall be of accuracy Class 2 and have expanded scales.
g) Voltmeters shall be connected to the incoming side of the power supply thorugh 6
Ampere HRC fuses and links.
h) Mechanical zero adjustment shall be provided for voltmeters and ammeters by means of
a screw slot at the fave of the meters.
i) Energy and maximum demand meters shall be installed as specified. Energy meters shall
provide a direct, single, digital reading, without the need to apply multiplication factors.
Data shall be transmitted to MBS system as required.
j) Earth fault and overcurrent protection realys shall be to BS 142, located as specified in
the drawings or as required to complete the installation.
k) Current transformers for measurement and protection shall be of ring pattern to BS
3938:1973 (1982), clamped on readily removable, bolted copper links with accessible
terminals.
l) Selector switches of the rotary type shall be provided to enable all phase current and all
phase and phase to neutral voltages to be read.
m) Instrument fuses shall be mounted on the panel adjacent to their associated instruments.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 123
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
n) All instrument and indicating lamp wiring behind hinged front panels shall be protected by
clear acrylic sheets.
o) The arrangement, scale deflections and ratios of all instruments and relays shall be
approved prior to assembly of the associated switchboard.
13.4.11 LABELLING
a) All items of equipment on the switchboard shall be lablled to indicated function with black
traffolyte labels and white engraved lettering securely fixed with chrome plated screws.
Lettering shall be a t least 10 mm high. Labels to all switches, isolators and the like shall
indicate the supply and cable details. All labels shall be approved prior to engraving.
b) The use of adhesive labels will not be permitted. All electrical equipment not mounted on
the switchboard shall also be labelled as specified above.
c) Two set of Label shall be included in the contract to allow any amendment of the label as
directed on site.
13.4.12 TIME SWITCHES
Time switches shall be of approved manufacture and shall incorporate the switching actions
required. Drive shall be by synchronous motor with a twelve hour spring reserve in case of
power failure. An override switch shall be provided.
13.4.13 TIME DELAYS
Time delays shall be provided to prevent the simultaneous starting of any two motors above
3.5 kW and to prevent short cycling of automatically controlled motors.
13.4.14 HOUR RUN METER
a) Hour run meters shall be provided for motors of 55 kW and above.
b) Hour run meters shall be flush mounted and of the five digit type. They shall be suitable
for 230 Volt to 50 Hz supply. A key lockable mechanical reset push button shall be
provided.
13.4.15 CONTROL SWITCHES
a) All control switches shall be of the rotary type of Santon, Kraus and Naimer or other
approved manufacture.
b) Each switch shall be panel mounted and engravedto clearly indicated the equipment
controlled or function of the switch.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 124
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
13.4.16 INDICATING LAMPS
a) Indicating lamps shall be individual flush mounted units. Lamps shall have chromium
plated and polished solid brass body and ring with metallic threaded section and shall be
circular in shape of approximately 20 mm diameter.
b) Indicating lamps shall be of 24V and rated to withstand not less than 20% continuous
over-voltage.
c) Lamps shall be well ventilated and the design shall permit removal of lamp glasses and
bulbs from the front of the unit without the need of any special tool.
d) Indicating lamps shall be colour coded as follows :
i) Green
Motor running, circuit breaker ON;
ii) Amber
Supply available
iii) White
Valve open, trip circuit breaker
iv) Red
Motor tripped, circuit breaker OFF
v) Blue
Valve closed
e) Control circuit shall be of 24V supply.
13.4.17 PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES
a) Push button switches shall comply with and be tested and certified to BS 9564. Electrical
ratings shall be 500V AC or 250V DC as appropriate. Push buttons for alarm duty shall
be minimum of 2 Amp rated and that for control duty 10 Amp rated.
b) Push buttons shall be individual flush mounted units with metallic chromium palted and
polished solid brass body and ring, circular in shape and approximately 20 mm diameter.
c) Unless specified otherwise, push buttons shall be colour coded as follows :
1. Green
Start motor
2. White
Open valve
3. Red
Stop motor
4. Blue
Close valve
5. Black
Reset protection/alarm, lamp test;
6. Yellow
Accept alarm
13.4.18 PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES
All metal work associated with the switchboard installation not forming part of a phase or
neutral circuit shall be bonded together and shall be solidly and effectively earthed through
the supply provided by others.
13.4.19 CABLING
A Cabling zone clear of busbars, fused switch and circuit breaker chambers shall be
provided in such a manner to give minimum difficulty in connecting main cables entering the
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 125
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
switchboard for connection to fused switch units or circuits breakers. The cabling zone shall
be fully isolated from any live metal part so that future cabling and alterations can be carried
out in complete safety without the necessity of shutting down the complete switchboard.
13.4.20 TERMINAL BLOCKS
a) Terminal block for control wiring shall be rated not less 20 Amp. Installation displacement
push-in type terminal shall be used.
b) Terminal blocks shall have esily removable copper links to short circuit adjacent terminals
or shall be fitted with suitable fuse/fuse holder where required. Pinch screw type terminal
blocks will not be acceptable.
c) Cables having the same number shall be terminated at adjacent terminals and connected
by means of cable links at the terminal block. The incoming cable cores shall be
terminated at the lower or outer side of the block, and the outgoing cable cores at the
upper or inner side of the terminal block, and cable links on any free side.
d) Terminal blocks at different voltage, shall be segregrated into groups, distinctively lablled
and provided with permanent rigid barriers. Terminals in groups shall have separate noncomubustible transparent palstic covers minimum 25 mm gap shall be provided between
terminal blocks of different volatge group. Terminal blocks of Extra Low Voltage shall
label with “Extra Low Voltages, No Main Supply”
e) 20% spare terminals shall be provided on each terminal block.
13.4.21 WIRING DIAGRAM
a) Prepare construction layout and functional wiring diagrams of all switchboards, which
shall be approved prior to commencement of any work thereof.
b) The wiring diagrams shall show control circuits separate from main circuits and shall
indicate the size of each conductor and the colour, number and/or terminal connection
designation of each control conductor.
c) Switchboard drawings shall include a schedule of all equipment mounted therein,
including make, model, and where applicable, fuse rating and set point of all variable
adjustorss.
d) Circuit diagrams shall be mounted near the switchboard in an approved location and shall
be covered with either glass or clear perspex sheet not less than 3 mm thick.
13.4.22 LABELLING
All items of equipment in switchboard shall be labelled to indicate function with white
Traffolyte labels with black engraved lettering securely fixed with chrome plate screws.
The use of adhesive labels will not be permitted.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 126
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
All contactors, switches and other similar electrical switchgear not mounted on switchboard
shall also be labelled as specified above.
The bottom section shall contain all contactors, fuses, transformers, relays and other
associated equipment mounted on insulated panels.
Switchboard shall be provided with hinged lockable access doors with mechanically retained
gasket. The construction shall permit the removal of doors when opened for complete
service access.
All exterior door fittings shall be chrome plated.
Internal insulated panels shall be Zelemeite or other equivalent material.
All cables shall be brought to numbered terminals.
All items of equipment shall be labelled with suitably engraved Traffolyte labels attached as
per this specification.
All cables shall be fitted with full circle cable markers at each end of every wire and
numbered according to wiring diagrams.
13.4.23 INTERFACING CONNECTION
Provide relays in the mechanical services switchboard for connection of fire services signal
cabling for control of mechanical plant in fire mode. Final connection of the cabling to the
mechanical switchboard shall be by the Fire Alarm Contractor.
All control functions for Fire Mode operation shall be hard wired. Flow switches shall be
supplied by the Controls contractor.
Plant shall automatically reset after removal of the fire signals.
Provide a red indicating light on each switchboard to show if the plant is operating in fire
mode.
Refer to ‘Automatic Control Systems’ section of this specification for details of the control
strategy.
13.4.24 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The contractor shall ensure that the switchboards ordered can be accommodated (together
with the control cubicles) in the space provided.
A rubber insulating mat shall be placed in front of the switchboard for its entire length.
13.5
MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
a) Miniature circuit breaker distribution boards are to be provided to serve circuits as
indicated in the drawings.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 127
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
b) All wiring terminations and busbars within distribution boards shall be shrouded and an
insulating front shield of a flame retardant type, minimum 1.6 mm thickness, shall be
provided to completely screen the distribution unit interior. Only the MCB operating dolly
and insulated sorround shall project through the shield.
c) Neutral bars are to be of approved cross sectional area, mounted on insulators and drilled
to receive circuit wiring. Clamping screws are to be provided for each circuit way.
Screws are to be brass with round heads.
d) A link of approved cross section shall be provided in the neutral bar between the incoming
neutral and the final circuit neutral conductors.
e) Distribution board enclosures are to be galvanised sheet metal constructed and finished
en enamel of a colour to approval. The sheet metal for the enclosure and the door shall
be not less than 1.2 mm thick. Hinged enclosure doors are to be fitted with ball catch
locks.
f) Space shall be provided for the future accommodation for 20% additional circuit breakers
in all distribution boards. All necessary busbars, studs and neutral bar ways shall be
allowed.
g) Wiring schedules shall be provided and installed inside a clear plastic envelope on the
inside of distribution board doors, giving the following information :
-
Distribution board designation;
Rating of all circuit breakers;
Size of all cables;
Type and location of circuit load
13.6
CABLING
13.6.1
PVC INSULATED ARMOURED COPPER CABLE
a) Cables of this type are to be 600/1000 Volt grade complying to BS 6346:1969 with each
conductor of the same cross sectional area.
b) PVC insulated and colour coded cores shall be sheathed with PVC which shall serve as a
bedding for galvanished single steel wire armouring. The armouring shall be covered with
an outer PVC sheath.
c) Cables shall be terminated in a gland fitted with an armour clamp. The glan body shall be
provided with an internal conial seating to receive the armour wires ensuring that the
armour wires are tightly clamped between the armour cone and conical armour seating.
d) The minimum bending radius for power cables shall be eight times the overall cable
diameter.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 128
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
e) When cables are run on a wall they shall be cleated at distances not exceeding 1 metre.
13.6.2
PVC INSULATED COPPER CABLES
PVC insulated copper cables shall comply with BS 6004:1975. Cables are to be 600/1000 or
250 Volt grade depending on size.
13.6.3
FIRE RESISTANT CABLES (FRC)
FR Cable shall be of fire resistance complying IEC 331, IEE 383 and BS 4066 similar to
HUBER & SUHNER RADOX or approved equivalent. Fire resistant cables shall comply with
Fire and Mechanical Tests categories C, W and Z to BS6387. FR cable shall be provided for
all Emergency use installation to FSB requirement.
13.6.4
FIRE RETARTDANT CABLE (FRCC) (N/A)
Fire retardant, Low smoke zero halogen cable to IEC 754 Part 1 and IEC 332 Part 1 & 3
requirement shall be provided for all cables in open tray/ladder inside air plenum or inside
false ceiling and as required by FSB copy for the location of installation
13.6.5
CABLING FIRE ALARM
The cables shall Fire Resistance Cable (FRC). The conductor shall annealed
copper, one strand or approved equivalent shall referred to Standard BS 6387 with
category CWZ.
1. Network cabling from MFACP to MFACP are fire resistance cable (FRC STP
AWG # 18, 2 pair.
2. Installation cable to detector shall Fire Resistance Cable (FRC) STP AWG #18,
1 pair in PVC High impact conduit Ø 3/4
3. Installation cable to flow switch, tamper switch, stair pressurized fan & others
equipment shall fire resistance cable (FRC) 2 x 1,5 mm2 in PVC High impact
conduit Ø 3/4
4. Installation cable to manual push button alarm bell and flasher lamp shall Fire
Resistance Cable (FRC) 2 x 1,5 mm2 in PVC High impact conduit Ø 3/4
5. Installation cable to intercom using fire resistance cable (FRC), STP AWG#18, 1
pair in PVC High impact conduit Ø ¾
6. Installation Cabling for looping shall fire resistance cable (FRC) STP #18AWG 1
pair & fire resistance cable (FRC) 2 x 1,5 mm2
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 129
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
13.7
WIRING
a) All wirings, unless otherwise specified, shall be PVC insulated and heathered or PVC
insulated of approved manufacture conforming to BS 6004. “PVC insulated cables (non
armoured) for electrical power and lighting”. Only cables which have passed PSB’s type
test and have PUB approval shall be used. It shall have the manufacture’s identification
clearly marked on it.
b) All wirings shall be so selected to ensure that the current carrying capacity is suffecient
and the voltage drop shall not be exceeded the requirements of the Local Electrical
Authority.
c) The following cable code shall be stricly maintained :
i) Red phase
a. Yellow phase
b. Blue Phase
c. Neutral
d. Earth
e. Controls
-
Red
Yellow
Blue
Black
Yellow/Green Strip (or if not available, use Green)
Any suitable colour combination
d) All wiring shall be carried out on the loop-in system. For conduit wiring systems, wiring
shall be drawn into the cunduits after the whole of the conduit installation has been
completed. No joins or connectors will be allowed in any such cables, except that
connectors may be used in accesible positions within lighting fittings or device out let
boxes.
e) Cable shall be system cable shall be tinned copper lugs recommended by the cable
manufacturers.
f) The fire alarm system cable shall be tinned copper conductors of not less than 1.5 mm2
cross sectional area.
g) All small wiring shall be colour coded to acceptable standard and be identified by
moulded ferrules or sleeves both at the terminal strips and at the remote ends. Wiring for
one primary circuit shll be run separately from another. It shall be neatly cleated and
bunched according to their function for easy identification. Each wire shall be terminated
with tinned approved crimped lugs.
h) The maximum number of cables that may be accommodated in a given size of conduit or
trunking is not to exceed the requirement in SCCP5.
i) Wherever any electrical wiring, riser, conduit, cable trays and trunking penetrate the fire
wall or floor slab, a fire resistance caulking of the same fire resistance period of the
adjacent building structure shall be provided. Such caulking shall be of dry construction,
easy for future addition of cables and making good, of materials accepted for electrical
installation work and approved by the local authorities as a fire stopping material.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 130
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
j) Busbars, busbar connections and bare conductors shall comply with the requirements of
IEC 439 with regards to current – carrying capacity and limits of temperature.
k) All FR cables shall be install in hot dipped galvanised iron conduit or MS trunking or cable
tray supported on walls, ceiling or structural steelwork.
l) Cables in trunking or cable tray shall be laid flat and clipped together insets with brass
clips or saddles.
m) No surface mounted cable is allowed.
13.8
CONDUIT
All wiring other than that run in approved metal ducts shall be enclosed in galvanized Class
`B' metal conduit or as noted on the drawings. All joints/couplings shall be threaded.
Sufficient accessible junction boxes are to be provided for the purposes of drawing-in cables.
Conduit shall be installed so as to enable cables to be "drawn-in" after erection and boxes to
be provided for this purpose. Inspection type fittings are not acceptable as draw-in points.
Conduit cast in to concrete or chased into brick/block work to be rigid PVC conduit. Conduit
cast into concrete shall be high impact type PVC.
ii.
All conduit/trunking/cable tray shall be made of galvanised steel and shall be
adequately sized to house the cables with at least 20% spare capacity.
iii.
All conduits shall be heavy gauge galvanised steel complying with BS 4568:Part I & II
Class 4. No conduits shall be less than 20 mm nominal diameter.
iv.
Unless otherwise approved by Architect/Engineers conduit shall be concealed in
concrete as construction proceeds, and so arranged as to drain naturally to outlet
boxes. Sealing caps shall be placed on all conduits before concrte pouring commences
to ensure no water enters the conduit. Expansion couplings shall be fitted at all
buliding enters the conduit. Expansion couplings shall be fitted at all building
expansion joints.
v.
Surface conduits shall in no circumstances be fixed to floor slabs.
vi.
All conduit system are to be installed fully in accordance with the requirements of the
local code.
vii.
All conduits shall be swabbed through to clean all dirt, free from burrs and internal
roughness. The screw connections shall be made in such a manner as to ensure good
electrical and mechanical conductivity throughout assembled and be earthed with
heavy capper wiring. All conduits not cast in concrete shall be securely fixed by means
of hot-dip galvanised saddles with spacer at not more not 1 m centres for 20 mm
conduits and 1.2 m centres for larger diameter conduits.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 131
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
13.8.1
viii.
Manufacturer’s standard fittings all be used for bends, angles, tees, intersections and
other non-standard runs. Distortion of conduits due to bending is not acceptable.
ix.
Conduit terminations at switches, distribution boards etc, shall be made with copuler
and male brass bushes.
x.
Connections to motors and other equipment subject to vibration shall be made with a
length of heavy water tight PVC coated metallic flexible conduit set into suitable
screwed conduit adapters. The metal frame or other parts of the equipment so
connected shall be earthed through the conduit system independently of the flexible
conduit.
xi.
Unless otherwise specified or accepted by the Architect, all conduits below ceiling line
shall be concealed in walls, partitions or floor.
xii.
Runs between drwa-in boxes are not to have more than two right angle bends or their
equivalent and the length of such runs shall be limited to 12 m to permit easy drawingin of cables.
xiii.
xiv.
Flexible conduit shall be used for final connections to equipment subject to vibration.
Flexible steel conduit nd solid type adapters shall comply with BS 731 part 1. The
conduit shall be watertight with the provision of separate earth wire enclosed for earth
continuity. All flexible steel conduit shall be PVC sheathed. No flexible steel conduit
longer than 3 m is allowed.
xv.
Make good any damage to the finish of all conduits, including threads cut at side,, by
painting damaged areas with two coats of alumunium primer paint.
CONDUIT BOXES
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
All conduit junction boxes are to be hot-dip galvanised malleable iron (surface mounted)
or mild steel (concealed) and of standard pattern.
Standard pattern boxes are to be used with conduits up to and including 25 mm
diameter. Rectangular pattern boxes are to be used for conduits of 25 mm diameter and
larger. For the drawing-in of cables, standard pattern through boxes are to be used. All
conduit boxes are to be galvanised finish.
Adapter boxes are to be of galvanised mild steel not less than 3 mm thick. Boxes are to
be not less than 50 mm deep and of such dimensions as will enable the largest size
cable for which the conduit run is suitable to be drawn in without excessive bending of
the cables. Covers of approved material with fixing screws are to be provided. All boxes
are to be drilled for holes according to the conduit entries required.
All conduit entries to adapter boxes, outlet boxes and switchgear are to be made with
couplings and hexagonal male bushes.
The protective coating of the boxes sjhall be heavy both inside and outside in
accordance with BS 4662.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 132
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
13.9
CABLE TRUNKING
a)
Metal trunking shall comply with BS 4678 and shall be manufactured in minimum
lengths of 2 m from 1.5 mm thick zinc sprayed sheet steel finished with rust resisting
primer and sprayed two coats enamel paint to colour agrred by Architect. Covers are to
be held in place by screws. Trunking are to be terminated with end flanges bolted
directly to switch or distribution boards. Connecting pieces are to be used and bolted
wirh cadmium plated mushroom head steel screws, nuts and shake-proof washers.
Each joint is to have a copper link to ensure electronical continuity.
b)
Condut entries to trunking shall be made with couplings and brass male bushes.
Knockouts will not be required and trunkings may be drilled on site.
c)
Trunkings shall not contain more cable than allowed by the space factors described in
the local electrical Authority.
Each joint shall have a copper bond bolted to each adjacent trunking to ensure electrical
contunity. All frayed and sharp edges shall be removed from trunking before
installation.
d)
e)
Conduit entry to trunking shall be by coupling and male bush. Knock-outs shall not be
provided, and trucking shall be drilled on site.
f)
Where trunking crosses expansion joints, a trunking system which will allow for
expansion and maintain earth continuity shall be used. The system used shall be
endorsed by the Architect/Engineer prior to manufacture.
g)
Where the trunking passes through floors or fire compartments, fire resisting barriers
shall be provided both internally and externally.
h)
All supports and hangers shall be of hot-dipped galvanished mild steel construction to
BS 729:1971 Part 1 with minimum coating thcikness of 85 and 210 for indoor and
outdoor installation respectively. All bolts and nuts shall be electroplated with zinc or
cadmium to BS 3382:parts 1 and 2 with minimum plating thickness of 25.
Unless all the trunking to be continuously interlinked, a 25 mm x 2.5 mm thick copper
tape shall run continuously throughout the whole length of trunking to provide earth
continuity.
i)
13.10
CABLE TRAYS
a)
Cable trays are to be of perforated pattern 1.6 mm minimum mild steel with returned
edges galvanished overall conforming to BS 1449 Part 1 and accessories to BS 729.
b)
Trays shall be supported form the soffit of structural slabs and beams by mild steel rods
not less than 6 mm diameter and underslung mild steel angles, or alternatively,
supported on steel angle brackets secured to walls. The former method shall be
preferred where practicable. All supports and hangers shall be hot-dipped galvanised
with bolts and nuts electripalted as described in “Cable Trunking”.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 133
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
13.11
c)
Cable tray shall have an upturned flanged both sides of 20 mm deep and complete with
standard radius bends etc., an fixing brackets fabricated from hot-dip galvanised angle
steel, channels etc.
d)
Tray shall be supported at not more than 1 m intervals.
e)
For cable tray taht are exposed to the weather, a hot dip galvanised covers of 1.5 mm
gauge steel, flush fixing type with gasket, shalll be installed on top of the tray.
f)
Copper earth link bar shall be fixed at every joint of the cable tray run.
MOTORS
13.11.1 GENERAL
a)
b)
c)
d)
All motors, unless otherwise specified on the Drawing, shall be totally enclosed fan
cooled (TEFC) to IP 54, squirrel cage induction type conforming to either IEC 34-1 and
IEC 85 or BS 5000 and BS 2757 with minimum Class F insulation. All varnishes and
impregnate used shall be inorganic and suitable for tropical service. Bearings shall be
so selected for its duty and shall be housed in dust tight enclosure with efficient shaft
seals to prevent dust ingress and escape of grease, and be equipped with grease
niplles and relief plugs. Terminal boxes shall be of hot-dip galvanised cast iron and be
provided with glands to accept conduit. Terminal blocks shall be of high quality
insulating materials and be capable to support incoming cables.
All motors shall be so selected to have at least 115% of the power rating above the
design duty point. It shall also operate with power factor of not less than 0.85 at full
load, otherwise, power factor correction capacitors shall be provided.
Motors shall be capable of operating continuously at rated output at any frequency
between 48 and 52 Hz and at any voltage within 10 percent of the nominal value.
Motors shall be tropicalised to BS 1156 with minimum 1 mega ohm insulation
resistance.
e)
Where motors are required to be installed in outdoor locations, they shall be fully
weatherproof and with IP 65.
f)
Whre motors are installed in humid pump rooms aor rated in excess of 5.5 kW, they
shall be fitted with anti-condesation heathers of single switch “OFF” automatically when
the motor is started and switch “OFF” automatically when the motor is started and
switch “ON” automatically when the motor is stopped.
g)
Single phase motors shall be either repulsion or capacitor start and induction run.
Motors rated 2.3 kW and above shall be operated by three phase supply. Those
exceeding 2.3 kW shall be provide with reduced voltage starting while those less then
2.3 kW shall be direct on the start. Softstarter shall be provided for pumps exceeds 30
kW or above and for all up feed transfer pumps.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 134
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
h)
Alll motors shall have an isolating switch adjacent to and within sight of the motor. The
swicth shall be such that all conductors to the motor are isolated in one operation.
i)
The drive selected for any machine shall be the type recommended by the manufacturer
of the driven machine and subject to approval. All drives shall be fitted with safety
guards.
j)
For multi-windin motors there shall be no way that the motor isolating swicth can be
operated whereby any winding may be energised whilst another winding is isolated.
k)
Terminal boxes shall be of such dimensions as will ensure access to the terminals and
allow room for the supply leads.
l)
Each box shall be fitted for the normal bottom or top cable entry. With exception of
motors ith ratings less than 1kW, all boxes shall be capable of being turned to a further
3 positios, 90 degrees apart without affecting the terminal base or terminals.
m) Standardise frame sizes for all applications so that the minimum ractical number of
motors need be carried as spares. Ensure that motors of different frame sizes spared
by a single motor be provided with adapter plates, oversize couplings, oversize terminal
boxes, standard keyways etc, to facilitate replacement.
n)
Motors of particular type or application shall be of the same manufcaturer.
o)
Motor above 7.5 kW shall be provided with suitably sized tinned brass cable sockets.
Sockets shall be in accordance with BS 91. The type of cable terminations shall be as
shown on the drawings.
Three phase motors shall be fitted with separate earthing terminals.
p)
q)
All motors shall be provided with the name plates showing all the techinical data, such
as : model Number, electrical characteristic, weight etc.
r)
Motors up to an including 3.7 kW shall be fitted with ball bearings at both ends. Larger
motors shall be fitted with roller or deep prove ball bearings. Motors operating with
vertical shafts shall be equipped with bearings designed to counter unbalanced end
thrust. Motors shall be have the same synchoronous speed as the pump.
s)
Noise level shall meet Part 51 of BS 4999. Motor of ventilation supply fans of the axial
type making in 100% outside air be suitable for operation in atmosphere of up to 95%
PH and down to 4 degree C dry bulb temperature.
t)
Motor and complete installation shall be design and selected to suit the location of
installation. Flame proof for Hazardous areas and IP 65 or Wet Area shall be provided
as required.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 135
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
13.11.2 MOTOR INSTALLATION
a)
Install motors as required by the driven equipment. Provide lifting equipment for the
installation of motors. Any additional steel works, supporting brackets and members
which are required for the motor installation shall be provided.
b)
All motors shall opearte without vibration. The motors shall be mounted on a common
bedplate with the machine being driven. Frames and supports for motors shall be
accurately set and levelled.
c)
Provide holding down bolts required fo the fixing of motors. Should the bolts be
required to be sunk in concrete bases the supply of all necessary details and fixing shall
be supplied in adequate time.
d)
For each motor, an emergency stop push-button shall be provided. This button shall be
positioned immediately vicinity of the associated motor drive. The exact locations shall
be agreed with the engineer on site.
e)
No motor shall be installed in a position where sorrounding plant or building work would
obstruct the necessary periodacally testing, cleaning and maintenance.
f)
All rotating parts of motors shall be properly guarded.
13.11.3 MOTOR STARTERS
a) Motor starter/contactors shall be furnished and installed for mounting in the control
panels. The type of starter shall be compatible with the type and size of motor protection,
as indicated. Contactors shall be non-sticking when de-energised, chatter free, operated
without discernible noise and be suitable for 230 Bolt 50 Hz AC control opeation.
b) Contactors used in starters shall be of Class A3 type provided with silver alloy contacts.
Auxiliary contacts shall be provided to facilitate the conncetions of interlocks, status
indication and auxiliary controls. Unless explicity described, a minimum of one normally
open and one normallyy closed contact shall be provided.
c) Starter for other purposes shall be completed with protection incorporating the following
features:
Overload protection in each supply phase adjustable from 80 to 120% of full rated
load.
Manual reset
Phase failure and overload protection
Ambient temperature compensation
An auxiliary contact to signal an overload condition
d) The voltage rating of the coil shall be such as to be compatible with other components in
the control circuit.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 136
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
e) Contactors or complete starters not mounted in switchboard shall be contained in metal or
approved plastic enclosures with conduit entries, shrouded “stop” and “starts” push
buttons and a manual “reset” button, which may be combined with the “stop” button.
f) Where not indicated, motor starters shall generally be of the follwoing types :
2kW or below - DOL Starters
2-30 kW
- Star-delta starters (closed transition)
Above 3 kW
- Soft starters
g) All starters for transfer pumps shall be softstarter type unless otherwise stated.
h) All motors starter provided shall be heavy duty and suitable for the pump starting
arrangement intended.
13.12
TYPES OF STARTER
13.12.1 DOL STARTER
a) DOL Starters shall incorporate a direct switching electro-magnetic contractor together
with overload protection relay, suitable for starting the motors “direct-on-line”.
b) Contractors in DOL starters controlling motors on fans, circulating pumps and similar
items of equipment which run continuously during the period of operation, shall have the
following minimum rating. Duty of 8 hour utilization Category AC 3, Mechanical
Endurance Class 0.01.
c) In all other cases, starters with a minimum rating intermittent duty Class 0.1, utilization
Category AC 3, Mechanical Endurance Class 0.3 shall be used.
13.12.2 CLOSED TRANSITION “STAR-DELTA” STARTERS (CT.SD)
a) Closed transition (star-delta) starters shall be approved type and manufacture and shall
be capable of starting the motor from stopped to full load speed without interruption and in
such a manner that the torque developed by the motor increases as uniformly as
practicable during the whole starting sequence.
b) The starter shall include the following equipment :
1. No-volt coils with provision for external stop controls.
2. Positive indication of the starter operation
3. A suitably rated transition resistance bank such as to allow approximately full load
supply current when in circuit prior to opening of the star point. The short time rating
of the resistors shall also be considered in relation to the length of their “in circuit”
requirement.
4. A transition Contractor suitably rated to facilitate connection of the resistance bank
during the transition period.
5. Star and delta configuration contactors suitably rated for the mechanically and
electrically interlocked to prevent simultaneous operation.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 137
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
6. One (1) triple pole overload relay.
7. One (1) approved time delay relay, with at least 0-30 second adjustable time delay
period, to control the star to delta switching contractors.
8. Any additional auxiliary contracts and timers, required for the transition sequencing
operation.
13.12.3 AUTO-TRANSFORMER STARTERS (CT.AT)
a) Auto-transformer starters shall be of acceptable type and manufacture and shall be
capable of starting the motor from stopped to full load speed without interruption and in
such a manner that the torque development be the motor increases as uniformly as
practicable during the whole starting sequence.
b) Auto-transformer starters shall be of the type having standard tapping and Komdorfer
connections, and shall include the following equipment :
a. One (1) contactor operated auto-transformer type starter tapped 50 percent, 65
percent and 80 percent and comprising mainline contactor, run contactor and auto
transformer star point contactor, all complete with the necessary auxiliary relays
suitably rated for the motor.
b. One (10 triple pole overload relay)
c) One (1) set of thermostats for auto-transformers protection with relay and rest push
button. Alternatively, thermistor embedded in the transformers in the transformers
windings and a thermistor relay may be provided.
d) One (1) approved time delay relay, with at least 0 to 30 seconds adjustable time delay
period, to control the start and run contactors.
13.13
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SOFTSTARTER
a)
The electronic control soft starter shall consists of the following major components :
a. Thyristor stack
b. Line contactor
c. Fuse for thyristor protection
d. Electronic control P.C.B
b)
Electrical Characteristics
Voltage
: 400 Volt
Frequency
: 50 Hz
Voltage Regulation
: 10%
Frequency Regulation
: 5%
Harmonic
: Less 15 on motor full speed condition
c)
Starting Mode
The Electronic Control Soft starter shall be of constant current start mode.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 138
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
This constant current start mode shall be incorporated with DIP-Switch which will be
able for adjustment of between one (1) to three (3) OR three (3) to five 950 times of the
motor full load current. The increase or decrease of adjustment is in steps of 0.5 times.
The starting time shall be 5 to 60 sec user adjustable. In additional, the facility for
incorporation of optional start mode shall be available.
d)
The required optional mode are:
• Current ramp Mode
This module shall be able to modify the current limit characteristic of the constant
current mode where the load can vary from start to starts.
• Constant Acceleration
This module shall be designed to monitor the acceleration of the motor. It shall be
connected to the output of a tacho generator attached to the motor and compare the
Voltage generated by the tacho generator with a reference ramp voltage.
• Timed Voltage Ramp
This module shall be able to provide an extended soft stop for the motor and load.
For all 100 kW and above, constant current Soft starters must have time current
ramp mode option and a correctly rated by-pass contactor.
For all motors of 50 kW below, constant current Soft starters just have time voltage
ramp mode option.
For all motors between 50kW to 100kW, constant current Soft starters must have
time current ramp mode option but less the by-pass contactor. All soft starters
offered shall be AuCom Auco start closed looped series or equivalent.
e)
Protection
• Phase Loss Protection
Sophisticated Vector Analysing Phase Loss Protection must be incorporated for the
detection of any imbalance in current vectors (magnitudes and phase angles).
This protection shall be able to detect phase losses either before or after the starter.
• Overcurrent Protection
This shall be of a definite time overcurrent protection system. As such, it very
closely reflects the overcurrent capacity of the motor.
It must be part of this Electronic Control Soft starter which can differentiate between
a starting overload and a motor running overload, thereby offering superior
protection.
• Excess start Time Protection
This feature shall be able to cause the Electronic Control to abort the start procedure
if the motor is not up to speed within a pre-set period.
The pre-set period shall be 5 to 60 sec adjustable by the user.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 139
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
• Over temperature Protection
This feature shall monitors the temperature of this Electronic Control Soft starter and
shuts down if an over temperature situation is encountered.
• Thyristor Protection
This protection shall be of semi-conductor fuses that will enable protection of the
thyristor from short circuits and severe overloads.
• Phase Sequence Protection
This protection module shall be used to protect rotation sensitive machines from
damage resulting from reverse rotation.
• Thermistor Protection
This module shall be capable of monitoring the resistance of PTC thermistors
embedded in the motor winding. It shall be designed to detect an over-temperature
condition in the motor windings by an increase in the thermistor resistance and to
protect the motor from overheating by operating the contractor to remove the power
supply to the motor.
• Electronic Start/Stop
For process plant applications, this facility must be available to allow the motor to be
started and stopped without operating the main contactor of the Soft starter.
Isolation against induce voltages (arising from longitudinal and transverse spike
voltages of neighbouring circuits) causing false starts and stoppages must be
present.
• For all pump motors, Electronics Soft Stop must be incorporated in the Soft starter
so as to remove water hammering and also to extend the life of the main contractor.
f)
Interface Module
i) Off loader Module
This module shall provide isolated contacts for A.C. control up to 500 volt.
It shall be designed to indicate when the Electronic Control Soft starter is in start
mode and this may be sued to inhibit load application to the motor until full speed
and voltage has been reached.
ii) A.C and D.C Alarm Module
This module shall be designed to allow Electronic Control Soft starter to be
interfaced with fault indication circuitry. A minimum of four (4) normally open
contacts must be available.
g)
Power Consumption
The total power consumption required by this Electronic Control Soft starter shall be
less than 20 Watts.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 140
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
h)
Proof Voltage
The isolation between power circuit, control circuit and ground shall be not less than 2
kV A.C.
i)
Mechanical Design
i) Enclosure
The Electronic Control Soft starter shall be house in free standing cabinet
constructed from extruded aluminium of minimum 1 mm thickness.
The cabinet shall be accessible from the front for servicing, maintenance and
inspection with lockable door.
The enclosure shall be finished with enamel gross paint.
Where IP65 environment applies, the vendor shall ensure the enclosure to be
meeting the same if not better standards.
ii) Ventilation
Sufficient ventilation shall be provided to ensure that all components are operated
within their environmental ratings. Built-in air blower shall be used and air inlet and
exhaust shall be suitably placed.
In the event that forced ventilation is not available. Bypass contractor must be
incorporated to minimise the rise in temperature (e.g. installing the Electronics
Control Soft starter bore plate inside a main switchboard with many other
equipment).
j)
13.14
Tropic Proofing
The soft starter offered must have a proven experience of not less than 5 different
installations under the humidity levels of the locality.
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE / VSD
13.14.1 GENERAL
All Drives are to be located as close as possible to the motors being driven.
13.14.2 PERFORMANCE
Select each controller on the basis of maximum motor full load ‘nameplate ‘Amps and not
motor kW rating.
Output voltage and frequency levels should remain constant at any given speed setting when
supply voltage varies by not more than ± 20%.
The output frequency to remain constant regardless of load variations or supply frequency
variation.
Output frequency to remain stable throughout the ambient temperature range of 0°C to 50°C.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 141
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Motor audible noise shall be less than that of an equivalent DOL starter. Use skip frequency
functions to avoid resonance noise.
Controllers suitable for continuous operation at full load in an ambient temperature of 50°C
and a maximum storage temperature of 80°C, protected from direct sunlight and over
temperatures.
Provision for interfacing with BMS shall be provided for monitoring the status of each VFD
motor controller. This shall include on/off/trip status and control montioring.
13.14.3 COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONS
Provide IP54 enclosures with forced draft ventilation, self-contained. Filter fans are not
acceptable. The controller electronics shall be cooled by sealed heat-exchangers, with no
contaminated air entering the electronics area.
The controller enclosure shall be porvided with the prime and finish coats, nameplates,
voltage warning signs, illustrated operating instructions and parts list mounted insidde the
enclosure door, floor mounted isolated handle, manual speed control potentiometer, threeposition mode selector switch – “manual-off-auto”. “power-on” light, speed meter, frequency
meter, drive fault light and push button, ammtere, and motor fault light.
The controller must have following features:
Serial Communications link using MODBUS communication protocol.
IP-54 removable display.
One optic fibre input and one optic fibre output.
Facility to communicate directly with on the project via a standard communications adapter.
Full load, 50Hz, efficiency above 97%.
Protect each controller with suitably rated high speed semi-condenser fuses or circuit
breaker on the input side, selected to provide protection of the controller and associated
drive. For controllers above 37 kW, this will be integral to the controller.
Variable frequency power and logic unit shall be solid state, continuously rated with
microprocessor based drive logic, transforming input power into frequency and voltage
controlled output power, for direct connection to a standard squirrel cage induction motor,
providing positive speed and torque control, without requiring any de-rating of the motor.
Speed Control shall be step less throughout the speed range under variable load conditions.
Frequency control shall be achieved using pulse width modulation generating a clean sine
wave with an operating power factor of 0.96 or better throughout the entire speed range. Use
IGBT devices in the output stage.
The controller shall be able to accept at least three selectable switched inputs to override the
speed control signal and run at a fixed manually adjusted speed.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 142
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
13.14.4 SAFETY PROTECTION DEVICES
Provide the following safety protection features as a minimum requirement, allowing the
controller to shut down without component damage:
Torque limit to prevent over torque tripping due to momentary overload conditions and allow
continued operation (adjustable ±250% of inverter rating).
When output current exceeds 110%, halt any speed change until the current drops below
100% when speed change will again be implemented. The controller should not to be
damaged by an output current of up to 210% rating.
Shut down controller on sustained power loss and upon return of power within a short period
of time automatically return the system to normal operation. Controller number of automatic
fault resets and restart attempts and the time inferred between these restart attempts to be
commissioned in conjunction with the consulting engineer.
Shut down the controller and upon return of power automatically return the system to normal
operation being capable of restarting a rotating motor immediately and regain positive speed
control. (flying start; two second power loss ride through).
The following safety devices will not be applicable for essential fire safety services:
Short circuit/instantaneous overcurrent trip: On short circuit or instantaneous overcurrent
shut down the controller.
Earth fault protection: Shut down the controller on phase to earth short circuit protection fault.
Under and over voltage trip: Trip when input line voltage drops to 155V AC or when the dc
bus voltage exceeds 800V dc.
Over temperature trip: Shut down the controller when operating temperatures exceed safe
operating limits.
Motor overloads (and thermistor protection where applicable): Provided within the controller
to protect the motor and controller at all operating speeds.
13.14.5 SPEED CONTROL SIGNALS AND STATUS INDICATIONS
Control the frequency output from an input signal derived from DDC or an electronic
controller as appropriate. Interface devices to be directly compatible and liaised with the
supplier. Upon the input signal dropping more that 50% (adjustable) below the minimum
threshold (adjustable) for more than a set time period (adjustable) the controller shall have
the facility to be programmed to run at a set constant speed (adjustable) until manually reset
at the controller. This facility is of particular importance for critical systems.
Provide internal manual adjustment allowing presetting of maximum and minimum speeds
with the limits maintained regardless of the input signal.
Include an ‘auto-off-manual ‘function and manual speed adjustment shall be possible via the
keyboard integral with the controller to allow testing and commissioning of the unit.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 143
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Provide indication at the mechanical switchboard for local auto/off/manual status.
Lock out the automatic speed control signal in the manual mode.
Provide status indication light emitting diodes and LCD panel with 32 character plain English
display for the safety, protection and operating controls specified, located on the controller. In
addition, indication for power on, speed and drive enabled shall be provided. Coded
messages are not acceptable.
Provide voltage free contacts for connection of alarm signals, with contact closure on any
fault condition occurring in the unit.
Connect all external interlock signals as required to operate the controller to terminals on the
controller, with the controller internally wired to suit.
Overloads and thermistor protection for each motor shall be provided within the controller.
The controller shall accept a PTC thermistor input directly (i.e. without any additional
‘thermistor relay’ or such).
13.14.6 ENGINEERING BACK-UP AND WARRANTIES
Complete technical engineering service and spare parts facility: Available locally, with
service and reinstatement of the controller to full working conditions following a failure,
guaranteed within 24 hours.
Installation of the controller: Carried out strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations. The controller supplier or a trained representative to attend site to
properly set up and adjust the controller at time of commissioning to ensure optimum
performance and ongoing trouble free operation and clearly document all internal set points
for speed, ramp times, etc. following final adjustment.
Provide a written manufacturer’s statement with the tender which states that the electrical
system and drive requirements have been fully assessed to assure compliance with the
Specification Requirements.
Provide a Manufacturer’s Installation Acceptance Statement and 5 year extended
Manufacturer’s Installation and Replacement Warranty for all variable speed drives.
13.14.7 RADIO INTERFERENCE
The controller must have built-in RFI filters, and comply with AS/NZS 2064. RFI filters,
external to the controller, are not acceptable.
13.14.8 HARMONIC DISTORTION
Limit percentage Total Harmonic Voltage Distortion (THVD) created by all variable speed
drives, to not exceed 1.5% under the worst conditions with either mains or generator supply
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 144
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
when measured in accordance with AS/NZS 61000.1.1 and AS/NZS 61800.3. The
controllers must have built-in inductors in the DC bus or the incoming 3 phases.
13.15
13.16
13.17
EARTHING
a)
All metalwork associated with the electrical installation but not forming part of a phase or
neutral circuit shall be bonded together and solidly and effectively earthed.
b)
Metal conduit, ducts and cable armour shall be earthed a t the switch-board at which
they originate by means of locknuts, screwed connection or cable gland.
c)
Th electrical resistance of metaalic enclosures or framework to earth shall be low
enough to permit the passage of current necessary to operate the device protectiong
the associated circuit.
d)
The size of all earth continutiy and bonding conductors shall be in accordance with the
local code.
SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES
a)
Surge protection devices shall be provided and comply with IEC 61643-11 for the motor
control panel to cover whichever cable route from external or to external of the building.
The provision of the surge protection devices shall ensure any lightining syrge from the
external installation should not propagate back to the indoor installation.
b)
All surge protection devices shall be of the pluggable type. A;; bases shall be able to
accept cartridges of different discharge current ratings: 15 kA 8/20ms, 40kA 8/20ms and
65 kA 8/20ms.
c)
Unless otherwise stated, main and swicthboard shall use 65kA 8/20ms cartridges.
Distribution board shall use 15kA 18/20 ms cartridge.
INSTALLATION PROFESSTIONAL ENGINEER AND LEW SUPERVISION
a)
The contractor shalll engage sufficient qualified and experienced site staff to execute
the works. Registered and licensed tradespersons shall be employed to supervise the
works if necessary.
b)
The services of (LEW) Licensed Electrical Engineer, Professional Engineers
(Mechanical and Electrical) and other statutory licensed workers/engineers shall be
engaged to assume full responsibilities for all engineering matters, including engineering
design, submission to authorities, supervise, installation, switching. These personnel
shall be available to attend meetings, discussions, inspections, and the like as
requested by the Architect and authorities. Upon completion of the contract works, the
contractor’s (LEW) Licensed Electrical Engineer and Professional Engineers shall
furnish Completion and Inspection Certificates with the same format as required by the
respective authority for the rspective parts of the works to the Architect to certify that all
the works are in full compliance with the Specification and Drawings. Certificate of
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 145
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Fitness for Turn-on shall be submitted to certify that all the Electrical works of the
contract are in full compliance with the CP5 requirement prior to power trun-on by the
Electrical contractor.
13.18
13.19
SITE AND COMMISSIONING
a)
The plant shall be inspected and tested during and after installation on site as set out
below for compliance with the performances, and ratings as specified.
b)
All tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer/Construction Manager respesentative at
site with at least seven days’ notice given prior to any test.
c)
All tests shall be executed and, if not satisfactory, repeated to th satisfaction of the
Engineer/Construction Manager at no extra cost.
d)
Partial discharge and ultrasound testing fro High Voltage Equipment to locate any high
dg readings or any partial disharge. The test shall be performed by Specialist Tester
completed with conclusive report to record the working condition of the installation and
termination. The test shall perform two times, one at Testing and Commissioning Stage
and second one before end of DLP.
e)
Infrared Thermoelectric Detection to all HV and LV Main Switch Board, Motor Control
Centre to locate any hog spot or loose termination. The test shall be performed by
Specialist Tester completed with conclusive report to record the working condition of the
installation and termination. The test shall perform two times, one at Testing and
Commissioning stage and second one before end of DLP.
REJECTION OF SWITCHBOARD
If any of the baove tests fail to comply with the requirements of this Specification in any
respect whatsoever at any stage of manufacture, test, erection or on compeltion at site,
whichever is considered necessary, and after adjustment or midifications as directed by the
Architect, the contractor shall submit that item for further inspection and/or test. In the event
of the defective item being of such nature that the requirements of this Specification cannot
be fulfilled by adjustment or modification, such item is to be replaced by the Contractor at his
own expense, to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. Delivery of switchboard and
distribution board on site without significant cable connetion (say 80%) shallnot entitle
progress payment certificate for material deliver on site.
13.19.1 ELECTRICAL EARTHING OF RISING MAINS
a)
Rising mains shall be electricity earthed. Those joints which do not provide electrical
continuity shall be bonded.
b)
Where the rising main is situated in the vicnity of any lightning conductor, it should also
be bonded to the lightning conductor in accordance with the requirements of the local
code on lightning protection.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 146
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
14.0
PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION
14.1
GENERAL
Provide painting and identification for all systems in accordance with requirements of AS
2311, AS 2312 and AS 1345.
Before commencing with installation Contractor shall provide the following submissions:
•
•
•
•
Paint systems and colour schedule to be used.
Labelling systems.
Schedule of statutory, maintenance and operating signage.
Material Safety Data Sheets for the products proposed.
14.2
PAINTING
14.2.1
MATERIALS
All parts of the work installed under this contract shall be painted as specified below with first
quality enamel paints to approval.
Paint shall be suitable in all respects for the environmental conditions in which it shall be
located.
Paint shall be selected to withstand the temperature on the surface to which it is applied.
All paint used shall be of one approved manufacture, and shall be a standard colour of that
manufacture unless otherwise approved.
Before ordering any painting materials, the Contractor shall advise the Project Manager of
the type and manufacturer of all materials.
Prior to painting, all metallic surfaces except galvanized surfaces shall be thoroughly
scraped and wire brushed as necessary to remove scale, rust and swarf. Surfaces shall
then be solvent cleaned to remove all oil, grease and dirt.
All galvanized metal surfaces shall be properly etch-primed to ensure correct adhesion of
the paint to the surface. Materials for etch-priming shall be as recommended by the paint
manufacturers. Subsequent painting of galvanized surfaces shall comply with this
Specification.
When the surfaces to be painted are clean and dry, one coat of an approved primer shall be
applied followed by an approved high gloss finishing paint, to be applied when all dust has
been removed, and previous coat is completely dry.
The following items shall be painted:
−
All items of plant and machinery
−
All exposed metalwork
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 147
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
−
All pipework
All pipework shall be painted to follow AS 2700 and SNI 19-3778:
Pipe Colour
Label & Arrow Colour
Pipe Services
Green
White
Clean water
Yellow
Black
Gas (LPG/N2)
Sewage, wastewater, vent & Rain
White
Black
Water
Red
White
Fire
Prior to Practical Completion, all surfaces of the newly installed services in plantrooms and
where exposed to view including ductwork, pipework and all plant, shall be painted.
Concrete inertia bases shall be painted. Concrete plinths are not required to be painted.
Paints shall be first grade quality applied as recommended by the manufacturer. Minimum
coverage shall consist of one priming coat, one intermediate coat and one high gloss
finishing coat.
Spray painting shall not be employed.
Paint finishes shall be full gloss unless otherwise indicated.
14.2.2
PLANT, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT
All items of Plant, machinery and equipment supplied painted require no further treatment.
All other items of Plant, machinery and equipment shall be given one prime coat, one
undercoat and one finishing coat of full gloss enamel.
14.2.3
EXPOSED METALWORK
All metalwork exposed to view or to the weather shall be either galvanised or a high quality
paint finish with one prime coat, one undercoat and one finishing coat of full gloss enamel.
Prime/undercoat all surfaces. Galvanised and non-ferrous surfaces must be etch primed.
14.2.4
CONCEALED METALWORK
All galvanised iron and aluminium surfaces concealed in roof spaces, false ceilings, building
ducts etc. shall not be painted. All black iron and steel surfaces shall be wire brushed and
given two coats of zinc chromate or other approved corrosion resistant primer.
14.2.5
DUCTWORK AND PIPEWORK
All ductwork exposed to view within occupied areas and outside the building shall be painted.
Ductwork in Plant rooms does not require painting.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 148
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
All pipework exposed to view within occupied areas including the car park and Plant rooms
and exposed to view outside the building shall be painted.
14.3
IDENTIFICATION AND LABELLING
14.3.1
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
All items of equipment shall be identified in accordance with AS1318 and to approval by
means of sign written lettering 50mm to 100mm high in a contrasting colour to that of its
background colour.
Instrument tappings will be labelled to indicate function.
14.3.2
PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION
All pipes, etc. shall be identified in accordance with AS1345.
Circumferential bands of Standard ground colours shall not be less than 100mm wide on
pipes up to 60mm nominal diameter and not less than 150mm wide on pipes greater than
50mm nominal diameter.
Supplementary colours shall be displayed as bands not less than 25mm side in the centre of
the ground colour bands.
Where lettering is required it shall be painted in contrasting colours in accordance with the
Code, in block letters not less than 15mm high for pipes up to 50mm nominal diameter, and
in block letters not less than 40mm high for larger pipes.
Direction of flow shall be indicated by an arrow painted on the pipe adjacent to each colour
band.
Arrows shall be 75mm long on pipes up to 50mm nominal diameter and 250mm long on
larger pipes.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 149
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
15.0
NOISE AND VIBRATION
15.1
VIBRATION CONTROL
15.1.1
GENERAL
a)
The contractor shall furnish and install all vibration and noise control devices, materials
and related items. The contractor is expected to perform work as shown on the
drawings and described in the specifications for the project to meet the requirements of
the specified noise and vibration control criteria.
b)
The contractor shall co-ordinate with other trades to avoid through their related activities
any rigid contact with the building that will degrade the noise and vibration with
‘following-work’, such as plastering or electrical, to avoid any contact which would
adversely affect the vibration isolation.
c)
The contractor shall bring to the Architect’s attention prior to installation any conflicts
with other trades’work which will reslut in unavoidable transmission contact with
equipment due to inadequate provision of space or other unforeseen conditions.
d)
Prior to installation, the contractor shall bring to the Architect’s attention any
discrepancies between the Specifications and the actual site conditions or changes
required due to specific equipment selection. Corrective work necessitated by
discrepancies discovered after installation shall be at the contractor’s expense.
e)
The contractor shall be responsible for providing vibration isolators of the appropriate
size and capacity to meet the specified deflection and noise control requirements and
shall follow the instructions from the manufacturer or vendor of these products.
f)
The contractor shall submit to the Architect for review product data, including
manufacturer’s specifications and installation instructions.
g)
The contractor shall submit samples of vibration isolators (each type) to the Architect for
review.
h)
The contractor shall submit the vibration isolators type, manufacturer, location,
equipment to be isolated and specifications for review. Specifications shall include
isolator free standing heights, static deflection at chosen load, spring diameter and
material.
i)
The contractor shall submit calculations indicating that the deflection of proposed
framework for any frame mounted equipment does not exceed one-tenth of the
deflection of the vibration isolator.
j)
Vibrations isolators shall be produced by a reputable, established manufacturer. A
single, approved manufacturer shall supply all vibration isoaltors. Within a stated,
reasonable time period after being awarded the contractor shall submit to the Architect a
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 150
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
complete list of all products proposed for use, including the manufacturer’s name and all
realted product data.
k)
The resonant frequency of the isolation system shall be lower than any operating speed
and in no circumstances shall coincide with the natural frequency of any component of
the equipment.
l)
Vibration systems shall be selected to suit the environment in which the equipment is to
be located. For example, weatherproof, non-rusting, etc.
m) All vibration isolators shall have either known undeflected heights or calibration
markings so that, after adjustment, when carrying their load, the deflection load can be
verified.
15.1.2
n)
All isolators shall operate in the linear portion of their load versus deflection curve. Load
versus deflection curves shall be furnished by the manufacturer, and must be linear over
a deflection range of not less than 50% above the design deflections.
o)
Overloading of any isolator during installation or servicing shall require isolators to be
fitted with overloading restarints.
p)
Overloading of equipment due to service connections shall not occur.
SPRING ISOLATORS
a)
Spring type vibration isolators shall preferably be constructed from suitably treated and
finished steel or steel alloys. They shall be equipped with 2 layers of neoprene ‘acoustic
pads’ to prevent transmission of high frequencies.
b)
Spring type vibration isolators shall be free-standing and laterally stable, without any
housing. All mounts shall have levelling bolts. The spring diameter shall not be less
than eight-tenths of the compressed height og the spring at rated load and springs shall
be capable of ‘additional travel to solid’ for another 50 percent, as a minimum before
becoming fully compressed.
c)
Springs shall be selected so that the ratio of horizontal stiffness to vertical stiffness
ranges between 0.9 and 1.1.
d)
Restrained spring isolators shall have vertical travel limit stops to control extension of
the spring when the weight is removed or to provide wind resistance in utdorr locations
and to prevent excessive movement as the machine speed passes through the resonant
frequency of the mounting system.
e)
Where restrained spring isolators are to be used, minimum clearance of 13 mm shall be
maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not
to interfere with the spring action. Limit stop shall be out of contact during normal
operations. Mountings used out of doors shall be painted, hot dipped galvanised or
neoprene coated.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 151
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
15.1.3
15.1.4
15.1.5
f)
Spring isolators shall be selected to support the required loads with the specified
minimum deflection but not being compressed solid or exceeding the maximum rated
capacity of the spring.
g)
Weight distribution of equipment, pipes, dynamic load due to fluid flow shall be
considered int he spring selection.
NEOPRENE ‘IN-SHEAR’ ISOLATORS
a)
The active element of the isolator shall be bonded to mild steel or steel alloy plates,
sleeves, pressings or forgings. Both element and bonding agent shall be resistant to
lubricating oil and water suited to the operating temperature.
b)
The location of the fxing bolts shall not be in such a way that creates unnecessary
stress in the elements.
c)
The dynamic deflection and damping coefficients of the active material, at the operating
speed of the supported equipment, shall be used in calculation of isolatoion efficiencies.
Alternatively, certified isolation efficiency charts may be used.
d)
Mountings whose stiffness varies with direction of deflection shall be mounted with
orientation marks for use during maintenance and installation.
VIBRATION ISOLATION PADS
a)
Waffle-pattern or ribbed neoprene pads shall be made of 40 to 50 durometer neoprene.
Where required these shall be adhesively cemented to 1.6 mm steel plates of similar
area so as to form a sandwich.
b)
Pads may be bolted through (where necessary) with bolts isolated from the machine by
neoprenee grommets. Alternatively ‘waffled’ neoprene pads can be used without holding
downbolts where the vibration is minimal and the weight of machine is such that the
resultant friction is adequate and the machine unlikely ever to move.
c)
The are of pad to be used and number of layers shall be determined for each
application in accordance with the manufcturer’s recommendation. Where multiplelayer pads are selected to increase the static deflection the layers are to be separately
by steel shims as recommended by manufacturers.
DOUBLE DEFLECTION PADS
a)
Double deflection pads shall be of 40 to 50 durometer neoprene and sized so that
deflections do not exceed 15 percent of the pad’s thickness.
b)
All metal surfaces shall be neoprene covered to avoid corrosion and have friction pads
both top and bottom.
c)
Bolting down holes shall be provided for applications where bolting down is required.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 152
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
15.1.6
PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
a) Piping connected to vibration-isolated equipment shall be installed so that it does not
strain or force vibration isolators supporting the basic equipment out of alligment. Pipes
shall not restrict such equipment from floating freely on its vibration-isolation system.
b) Springs in series with neoprene pad hangers shall contain a steel spring that is set in a
neoprene cup manufactured with a projecting brushing that passes through the hole in
the hanger box or is otherwise isolated from the hanger housing to prevent shortcirculating of the hanger rod against the hanger box.
c) The neoprene cup should have a steel washer designed to distribute the load properly
on the neoprene and prevent its extrusion.
d) Spring should have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of the rated
deflection and diameters equal to no less than eight-tenths of the compressed height of
the spring. Minimum deflcetions shall be 25 mm.
e) All pipe supports shall incorporate a neoprenen or felt gasket.
15.1.7
PIPEWORK GENERAL
a) All supports or hangers horizontally or vertically installed shall incorporate felt or
neoprenen gaskets of minimum thickness 6mm.
b) When a pipe passes through the plant room wall, a minimum 25mm clearance shall be
provided between the pipe and the penetration in the wall. The pipe shall be supported
on either side of the hole, so that the pipe does not rest on the wall. The clearance
space shall be stuffed with fibraous fill or material and sealed both sides with nonsetting or non-hardening fire stop material.
c) All piping within plant rooms or other specified areas shall be resiliently supported from
the building structure with spring in series with neoprene hanger.
d) Pipework connections to pumps shall include minimum 300mm straight flanged sections
for insertion of flexible connections at a future date if necessary.
15.1.8
FLEXIBLE CONNECTIORS/EXPANSION JOINTS
a)
Flexible noeprene connection shall be used on all equipment as indicated on the
Drawings or the equipment schedule. They shall be manufactured of multiple ply of
nylon type cord fabric and neoprene both bonded and cured in hydraulic rubber
pressses. Where flexible pipe connections are required, they shall have a length that is
approximately 6 to 10 times the diameter. Twin sphere connectors shall be used.
b)
The axis of the connectors shall be perpendicular to the direction of vibration.
Alternatively, where the design allows, the connectors may be formed into 900 bends.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 153
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
15.1.9
c)
Where expansion joints are required to achieve vibration isolation, the tie rod system
fixings shall be contrucsted in such a wy to prevent metal to metal contact throughout
the normal range of mivement of the joint.
d)
Where service pipes are joined to equipment incorporating flexible connections the first
3 service supports after the flexible connection shall have vibration isolation mounting
with minimum 25mm static deflection or one-half the static deflection of the mounting
system used for the equipment whichever is greater.
INERTIA BASES
a)
Concrete inertia blocks shall be formed of stone-aggreagate concrete (2400 kg/m3) cast
within a reinforced steel frame made by bolting or welding formed or structural channels
or beams. Inertia block shall be reinforced with 12mm diameter steel bars at 150mm
centres.
b)
Inertia blocks shall have a minimum depth equal to one tenth of the longest dimension
of the base but not less than 150mm deep. Minimum 50mm clearance between bottom
of inertia block and supporting slab shall be allowed.
c)
The weight of the inertia base is to be determined by the inertia base/equipment mass
rtio as recommended below:
Fans : Min. 2 x unit weight
Pumps electric: Min. 2 x unit weight
d). Electrical connections to the equipment motors shall be made with long floppy length of
flexible cables and piping resiliently supported.
15.1.10 EQUIPMENTS MOUNTING
a)
The contractor shall submit cataloques of proposed equipment complete with
manufacturer’s specification to the Engineer for review.
b)
Mechanical equipment with operating weights substantially different fro installed
weigths (such as pump) and equipment subject to wind loads (such as roof top
equipment e.g. cooling towers, chillers) shall be mounted on spring isolators with travel
limit stops.
c)
The installed and operating heights of the vibration-isolation equipment shall be idential.
Maintain a minimum clearance of 100mm around restraining bolts and between the
housing and the spring to prevent interference with the spring action. Keep travel
limiting stops out of contact with isolator top plate and bolts during normal operation.
d)
Unless otherwise specified, all floor-mounted equipment shall be set on minimum 150
mm high concrete plinth.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 154
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
i)
All fans and motors shall be isolated with spring isolators complete with doublelayer neoprene pads separated with 1.6mm steel shims.
i)
Each AHU shall rest on spring isolators of minimum 25mm static deflection with
two layers of 8mm thick neoprene waffle pads. There shall be no significant
casing radiation due to such installation. All pipes connected to AHU’s hall have
flexible pipe connectors.
ii)
All chillers shall be mounted on rigid steel frames and isolated with restraint
spring isolators of 50mm static deflcetion with double layer neoprenen friction
pads.
iii)
All pipework between chillers and associated equipment shall be resiliently
supported. All water pipes shall be isolated with 13mm thick felt or resilient pads
under the pipe strap or clamp. Piping to chiller connected to fan coil units shall be
isolated with rubber isolation sleeves.
iv)
Fan coil units shall be suspended with two layers of mm thick neoprene hanger.
All pipes connected to fan coil units shall be isolated with rubber isolation sleeves.
v)
Pumps shall be mounted upon raised concrete plinth (150 mm) and incorporating
an inertia block 2 times the total weight of pump and motor. System resonant
frequency shall be lower than the pump blade passage frequency or motor rpm
whichever is lower. In-housed type spring in series with 2 layers of 8mm thick
neoprene pads shall be used to support the pump and inertia block.
vi)
Cooling towers shall be supported by restrained type spring in series with 2 layers
of neoprene isolator with minimum 65mm static deflection. All springs and
supports shall be hot dipped galvanised.
15.1.11 OTHER ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT AND NON-VIBRATION EQUIPMENT
a)
All other mechanically and electrically associated equipment that is capable of causing
undue cibration and noise shall be vibration isolated with 25mm static deflection spring
and neoprene 2 layers of isolators.
b)
To short-circuit noise and vibration transmitting paths, all non-vibrating equipment shall
be isolated with neoprene friction pad.
c)
It is the responsibility of the contractor to include the cost of such work in his tender
price.
15.1.12 EXECUTION
a)
Locations of all vibration-isolation devices shall be selected for ease of inspection and
adjustment as well as for proper operation. Vibration-isolation hangers shall be placed
so that hanger housings may rotate a full 3600 without touching any object.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 155
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
b)
Under no conditions shall piping, ductwork, or conduit be suspended from one another
or touch one another. Vibrating systmes should be kept separate from non-vibrating
systems.
c)
Vibration isolators shall be fixed without unnecessary stressing of the elements.
d)
Vibration isolator types are indicated below. Selection shall vary and follow the criticality
of adjacent spaces, and the running speed of the equipment. A guide to selection is
contained in Table I.
e)
The contractor shall submit the schedule of mechanical vibration isolation systems and
noise control products selected and to be used in this project.
f). Locations of all vibration-isolation devices shall be selected for ease of inspection and
adjustment as well as for proper operation. Vibration-isolation hangers shall be placed
so that hanger housings may rotate a full 3600 without touching any object.
15.2
ACOUSTIC REQUIREMENTS
15.2.1
GENERAL
a)
This section covers general requirements of materials, contruction and applications
required to achive a confortable acoustic environment within the building and the criteria
as set out below.
b)
The total noise level arising from all simultaneously operating mechanical and electrical
plant as well as regenerated aerodynamic noise, whether it be ductborne, structurally
transmitted, or airborne, shall be limited to the following levels, unless indicated
otherwise in specific parts of the Specification.
c)
The noise rating (NR) levels for spaces shall be as indicated in Table 1.
d)
The noise level shall be measured at 1.5m above the floor level, except next to the plant
room where the measuring points shall be 1.5mfromthe room walls.
e)
The contractor shall be responsible for providing acoustic products of the appropriate
size and capacity to meeet the dynamic insertion loss and self noise requirements and
is required to follow the instructions from the manufacturers or vendors of these
products.
f)
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review product data, including
manufacturer’s specification and installation instructions.
g)
The contractor shall submit certified test data on dynamic insertion loss, self noise
power levels and aerodynamic performance for reverse and forward flow test conditions
as in accordance with ASTM E77-80 or equivalent.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 156
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
15.2.2
h)
Acoustic products shall be produced by a reputable, established manufacturer. A
single, approved manufacturer shall supply all sound attenuators. Within a stated,
reasonable time period after being awarded a contract and before ordering any
materials, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer a complete list of all products
proposed for use, including the manufacturer’s name an all related product data.
i)
The contractor shall report to the Engineer in advance and in writing any limitting effect
of the intended attenuator loactions and system conditions on performance.
j)
All self-noise and dynamic insertion loss data shall be in accordance with the applicable
portions of ASTM E477-80 to the latest revision.
k)
It is the responsibility of the contractor to bring to the Engineer’s attention if in his
opinion there are constraints in the design that will forbid his attainment of the required
criteria.
NOISE AND VIBRATION COMPLIANCE TEST
a)
Compliance tests shall be carried out to ensure the installation will fulfill the stipulated
requirements and criteria.
b)
Tests shall be carried out when the mechanical equipment is at normal operating
condition. At time of the tests, the areas to be tested shall be unoccupied and not
suffering from any other noise intrusion.
c)
All equipment used for the tests shall be calibrated. The sound level meter and octave
filter set used shall meet the ISO/IEC 651 Precision and general purpose sound level
meters requirements.
d)
All dBA and octave band sound pressure levels shall be read direct from the sound level
meter or plotted on a chart level recorder. Real time analyser may be used to check the
effectiveness of vibration isolators installed if there is reason to suspect inadequate
vibration isolation as determined by the Engineer.
e)
The contractor shall be responsible for all corretcive work should the vibration and noise
levels due to the installation exceed the Specification. The contractor shall also be
responsible for the cost of all tests after his remedial work.
f)
Vibration measurements shall be made using calibrated accelerometer, charge
amplifiers and narrow band analyser.
Hard copy printout is necessary for
documentation.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 157
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
TABLE 1 – NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL
1. VIBRATION CONTROL
All anti-vibration mountings and hangers shall be selected for the particular duty and
in accorddance with manufacturers recommendations. Minimum static deflection
shall not less than the following:
Equipment
Type of Mounting
or hanger
Minimum
Static
Deflection
Mm
40
Air compressor
Inertia base required
if larger than 7.5 kW
Pumps
Inertia base and
Spring mountings with
Neoprene pads
50
Reciprocating
Chiller Set
Free standing springs
and neoprene pads
40
Centrifugal
Chillers
Free standing springs
and neoprene pads
40
Pipework
Spring hangers with
Neoprene pads
First three hangers
From equipment to
Have static deflection
Equal to machine
Mounting
25
Cooling
Towers
Restrained Springs and
Neoprene pads
Spring static deflection:
• 0 – 300 rpm
• 300 – 500 rpm
• > 500 rpm
90
65
20
Spring hanger with
neoprene inserts
Spring static deflection
• Roof or floor mounted
• Wall mounted
40
10
Axial Flow
Fans
Centrifugal
Free standing spring
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 158
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Fans
mountings with
Neoprene pads
Spring static deflection:
• < 610 mm dia
• > 610 mm dia
- 0 – 300 rpm
- 300 – 500 rpm
- >500 rpm
Fan > 610 mm with shaft
power more than 37 kW
shall include inertia base
20
90
40
20
Heat
Exchanger
neoprene pads
---
AHU/PAU
Free standing
Spring and
Neoprene pads
25
FCU
Double layers
Neoprene pads
---
2. ACOUSTIC REQUIREMENTS
Noise Rating (NR)
Type of Occupancy/Activity
Sound Level Criteria (NR Level
or dBA as noted))
Car/motorbike parking
60 dBA
AHU plant rooms
Emergency diesel plant room
60 dBA
110
Retail spaces
45
Cafeteria/café/food court
45
Toilets
50
General lobbies and corridors
45
Conference room
35
Tall lobby spaces (atrium)
40
Pre function space
40
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 159
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Museum
40
General offices
38
Executive lounge
40
Executive lobbies
40
Executive offices
35 - 38
Staircases (emergency use)
60
Staircases (normal)
45
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 160
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
16.0
SEISMIC SUPPORT SYSTEMS FOR MEP SERVICES
The Contractor and Vendor must take the design fully responsibility for the seismic restraints
(sway bracing) and connections details associated with all fire protection installation:
sprinkler, hydrant, Sprinkler (Pre-Action) and Novec.
As a part of the final shop drawing process the contractor shall engage a qualified specialist
engineer to design and stamp/signed restraints for equipment braced off/attached to
structural elements (foundations, column, beams, roof, etc.) including the interfaces to
adjoining components MEP accessories and other non-structural items.
The Contractor and Vendors/manufacturers are responsible to ensure that their product is
designed comply to FM Global with the following parameters. Equipment, piping, etc, must
be sufficiently strong to withstand such external forces such as earthquakes. The strength of
installations, parts and material must be measured and calculated necessary. Parts shall be
UL/FM.
Contractor (Vendor) must carry out training, site supervision during installation and meeting if
required.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 161
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
17.0
TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND HANDOVER
17.1
GENERAL
The entire works included in this contract shall be fully tested in stages as the work proceeds
and on completion of work as applicable.
The Contractors shall provide during normal working hours, all necessary labour,
instruments, equipment, materials, fuel, power and maker's representatives, to carry out
such tests as may be necessary to satisfy the Engineer that the installation meets the
requirement and intent of the specification as well as such tests required by Local
Authorities.
All tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer or his representative or any
inspecting authority. At least five working days’ notice in writing shall be given to the
inspecting parties before performing any test.
Three copies of all test results shall be submitted to the Engineer in A4 size paper within two
weeks after completion of the tests.
Tests described hereinafter and including all tests prescribed by the Authority having
jurisdiction shall be carried out. Any tests proved unsatisfactory shall be repeated to the
satisfaction of the inspecting parties.
The Contractor shall provide skilled technicians/engineer to commission the Plant and
associated controls to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The technicians/ engineers will be
required to demonstrate the correct procedures in starting and stopping the Plant, running
the various items of equipment under automatic and manual control and the correct
maintenance of the Plant.
Water flow rates of all equipment shall be adjusted to design conditions. Complete results of
adjustments shall be recorded and submitted.
17.2
TESTING
The following items of equipment shall be tested at the manufacturer's works or elsewhere
as appropriate. `Type-Test' certificate may be provided as stipulated in the following
clauses. In all cases, factory test certificates or type test certificates shall be submitted in
triplicate to the Engineer.
17.2.1
VALVES, COCKS AND FITTINGS
`Type-Test' and approval certificate for pressure test and compliance with the regulations laid
down by the local Water Authority.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 162
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
17.2.2
PIPEWORK LOAD TEST
The Engineer shall select at his discretion any section of fire services pipework for the
following load tests as recommended in the NFPA.
Hangars shall be capable of withstanding the test loadings given in NFPA Rules.
When installed and subjected to the test loadings, the hangar shall not rupture, pull out,
distort or otherwise be damaged and hangars shall not show permanent distortion resulting
in a change in level or material position of the pipe to be supported in excess of 8 mm. If insitu tests are conducted, appropriate safety precautions must be taken.
17.3
ON-SITE TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
Two months prior to completion of the contract works, the contractor shall liaise with the
main contractor and the services contractors and submit for the Engineers approval a
detailed programme for conducting on-site acceptance tests and commissioning.
The contractor shall start up, operate, test and adjust the system in accordance with the
agreed programme. The setting shall be supervised by the manufacturer’s representative,
who shall remain on site until the equipment is operating satisfactorily and accepted by the
Engineer.
The contractor shall advise and co-ordinate with the manufacturer’s
representatives so that all testing is carried out according to the agreed programme.
The whole installation shall be given the following tests to bring the systems into running
order. The Engineer shall be given reasonable notice together with a copy of recorded test
results, generally not less than seven (7) days, regarding the nature of tests, the time and
location. Acceptance tests will only be witnessed by the Engineer when the submitted tests
results are found satisfactory.
All instruments, tools, material and labour required to perform these tests shall be provided
by this Contractor.
Before the tests are carried out, the Contractor shall remove connected equipment and
components which are liable to damage under test, and shall provide and fix all the
necessary gauges, blanking flanges, etc.
Prior to the system start-up, the following inspection, tests and pre-commissioning treatment
shall be carried out by the Contractor:
a.
Water Heaters
During the flushing, cleaning and water treatment of the pipework systems the hot water
shall not be connected. This is to prevent contaminated water and solid particulates passing
into the heater vessels.
Follow manufacturer’s instructions and ensure all associated devices with the hot water
vessels are installed and working correctly.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 163
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Allow only clean treated water into the vessels.
Check all associated electrical and control connections and devices before filling.
Allow water to enter the vessel only when all checks have been carried out and found to be
in the correct working order. Once water has been introduced warm the vessel steadily to
the upper limits and then check high level outs and low level cut outs. Finally set thermostat
to required level (65ºC)
b.
Pressure Switches (fire services)
The testing equipment arrangement for pressure switches and pressure gauges shall be as
shown on the drawings or of an approved equivalent.
The testing equipment shall be designed for nominal working pressure of 25 bar (PN 25)
conforming to the BS, e.g. the pipework shall conform to BS 1387:1967 Table 3 for class
heavy galvanized mild steel tube.
The pressure settings corresponding for pump cut-in (lamp and buzzer energized) and pump
cut-out (lamp and buzzer de-energized) and reset differentials shall be tested by applying the
hand jacking pump or by opening the test valve.
The pressure gauges to be tested shall be connected as shown on the drawing in lieu of the
pressure switch. The gauges to be tested shall be regarded acceptable when the pressure
readings of all three gauges are the same throughout the jacking pressure range varied by
applying the hand pump.
c.
Flow switches (fire services)
The testing equipment for the flow switches shall be a as shown on the drawings or of an
equivalent approved by the Engineer.
The calibration test equipment shall provide a flow of 60 dm3/min over the vane of the flow
switch in the direction shown, to be confirmed by the direct reading flow meter.
The flow switch contacts energize the lamp and the buzzer, if a flow is not greater than 60
dm3/min flowing over the vanes in the correct direction.
(d)
Hydrostatic Tests (all services)
All parts of the water circuit shall be filled with water before hydrostatic pressure testing, and
pump running tests for verification of pressure and flow rate, are conducted.
The hand operated pump shall be applied to increase the system pressure to 2 times the
working pressure or 1.5 times the working pressure plus 3.5 bar whichever is the lower but in
any case not less than 7 bar. The pressure shall be maintained for a period not less than 24
hours.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 164
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Where any section of pipework or equipment is unable to withstand the maximum pipework
test pressure, it shall be isolated during the pipework test then that section of pipework or
equipment shall be re-tested at the appropriate test pressure.
(e)
Cleaning, Flushing (all services)
Prior to start-up and satisfactorily hydraulic testing, the Contractor shall clean the entire
installation including all fitments and pipework and the like after installation and keep them in
a new condition. All pumping systems shall be flushed and drained at least once through to
get rid of contaminating materials. All pipes shall be rodded when necessary to ensure
clearance of debris. Cleaning and flushing shall be carried out in sections as the installation
becomes completed.
All strainers shall be inspected and cleaned out or replaced.
(f)
Hydrant Systems
The systems shall be tested to confirm that the pressure and flow rate, and the throw of
water from a standard branch pipe and 30 m hose line fitted to each hydrant point and each
hose nozzle shall conform to this specification prior to the actual Local Fire Department's
inspection.
All hose isolating valves and all hose nozzle on/off valves shall be lubricated.
Starting of pumps shall be by loosening the glass cover rather than by breaking glass.
The (hydraulically) remotest fire hydrant outlets shall be connected with 30 mm to 70 mm
non-perforating FS hose and an appropriate branch pipe and suitable pressure and flow
measuring devices according to NFPA Rules requirements for flow and pressure verification
test.
The same measurement shall be carried out for the (hydraulically) nearest hydrant outlets.
The hydraulically remotest hose reel nozzles shall be tested for a throw of jet not less than 6
m when the hose is arranged to be squeezed by the self-closing doors it has to pass
through, i.e. when the doors are not kept open intentionally.
The same throw requirement shall be satisfied for the (hydraulically) nearest hose nozzle.
Pump cut-in and cut-out, pump lead-lag test, test for water level high level, low level alarms
and the like shall be integrated into the system running test as far as possible.
All interior piping and attached appurtenances subjected to system working pressure shall be
hydrostatically tested at 200 psi (13.8 bars) and shall maintain that pressure without loss for
2 hours. Loss shall be determined by a drop in gauge pressure or visual leakage.
The test pressure shall be read from a gauge located at the low elevation point of the system
or portion being tested.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 165
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
17.4
PLUMBING, SANITARY, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND FIRE SYSTEM SITE
TESTING
1). Execution of testing
a. The plant shall be inspected and tested during and after installation on site as set out
below for compliance with the performance, and ratings as specified.
b. All tests shall be witnessed by the Architect’s representative at site with at least seven
days notice given prior to any test.
c.
All tests shall be executed and, if not satisfactory, repeated to the satisfaction of the
Architect at no extra cost.
2). Preliminary Commissioning Check
a) a). The contractor shall ensure that all equipment included under this contractor is
thoroughly cleaned, lubricated and checked for serviceability immediately before
setting to work. Particular attention is drawn to the removal of building debris from
motors and pipework.
b) b).
All pipework shall be thoroughly flushed and chemically cleaned to ensure all
foreign matter is removed and internal surfaces are degreased. During all preliminary
flushing, plant shall be isolated by means of bypasses to avoid dead legs, and the
systems shall be completely isolated from any existing systems to ensure
contamination cannot occur.
c) c).
Further flushing and chemical treatment shall be carried out on isolated
systems by connection of temporary diesel driven pumps to circulate water and dosing
chemicals
d) d). All automatic controls and safety devices shall be inspected and checked for
serviceability before the working fluid or electricity is applied to the system.
3). Pipe and Water Systems
a) a).
All the commissioning procedures shall comply with those set out in the
current edition of SNI 03-6431-2000, SNI 03-3989-2000, SNI 03-1745-2000, SNI 8153
– 2015.
b) b).
All water pipework and other fittings shall be hydraulically tested to 1.5 times
the maximum anticipated working pressure but in no case less than 14 bar.
c) c).
Where any section of pipework or equipment of the plant is unable to
withstand the maximum pipework test pressure, it hall be isolated during the pipework
tests, then, that section of pipework or equipment shall be re-tested at the appropriate
test pressure.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 166
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
d) d).
Before finally charging, the water systems shall be thoroughly flushed and all
strainers, filters, etc. cleaned.
e) e).
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
The following data shall be recorded on the commissioning sheets:
Circulation pump motor speed.
Suction and discharge heads for all the pumps, and flow rates as checked
against pump curves.
Starting and operating current of each pump motor.
Water pressure drop across each item of hydraulic equipment, e.g. sand filters,
carbon filters, strainers, etc.
Noise and vibration level of pumps.
4). Control System
a) a).
The contractor shall include all automatic controls to be commissioned and
tested by the control manufacturers Engineer.
b) b).
The contractor shall calibrate all pressure stats.
c) c).
Interlocking circuit and safety devices shall be tested to ensure safety
operation of the plant.
d) d).
Other site as specified in the Control Section of this General Specification
shall also be performed.
5). Electrical Test
After erection of the switchboard on site, the following tests shall be performed in the
presence of the Architect
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
Inspection of switchboard including wiring, electrical and mechanical connection.
Mechanical test
Continuity and dielectric test
Power frequency pressure test
Functional checks
Earth electrode resistance test
Primary and secondary injection tests commissions and calibrate measuring,
protection and control circuits and associated components.
On completion of the above tests, the contractor shall commission the switchboard on noload and perform the following tests:
Voltage test for phase and phase to neutral
Phase sequence tests on every outgoing circuits.
The following tests shall be carried out in full compliance with the PUIL Regulations by the
contractor in the presence of the Engineer:
a) Insulation resistance test of all power and control cables.
b) Insulation resistance test of all motor windings
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 167
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
Test of conductor continuity
Test of effectiveness of earthing.
All thermal overload relays and starters
Sequence of operation
Flick test of motors.
All other site tests as specified in the Electrical Section of this General Specification or as
required by relevant local authorities shall also be carried out.
6). Water Tanks
All open water tanks shall be tested on site for twenty-four hours to verify no leakage.
Closed tank shall be tested at 1.5 times of the maximum anticipated system water
pressure.
17.5
FINAL ADJUSTMENT AND COMMISSIONING
3. When the entire installation works are completed and all the above checking and testing
have been properly carried out, the contractor shall set to work, regulate and calibrate
the entire installation. Particular attention shall be paid to the following :
a) a).
All valves, switches, controls, etc., are regulated to operate properly in
accordance with the specified performance. All valves shall be able to be shut off
totally at the maximum anticipated system working pressure.
b) b).
All equipment meets the specified noise and vibration levels.
c) c).
All instruments are correctly calibrated and read accurately.
d) d).
All control systems are functioning by the respective Manufacturer’s qualified
field testing and commissioning engineers.
4. The contractor shall be aware that the commissioning may need to be carried out after
the Completion Certificate is issued and after normally office hours, as required by the
Employer.
17.6
HAND OVER
1.
The following procedure shall be adopted prior to handing over the installation :
a) a).
All preliminary testing, checking, adjusting, and balancing of the installation
shall be carried out before forwarding notification that the installation is considered
to have reached Practical Completion.
b) b).
After inspection, and when the Architect is satisfied and agrees that the
installation is ready for handing over to the Employer, the plant shall be finally
commissioned and Installation Manuals together with as-built drawings shall be
provided as specified.
c) c).
Completion Certificate will be issued only after the plant has been inspected
and approved and the above requirements fulfilled.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 168
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
17.7
FACTORY TEST
The following items of equipment shall be tested at the manufacturer’s works or elsewhere
as appropriate prior to installation. In all cases, test certificates shall be submitted in
triplicate.
17.8
PUMPS
Type-test Certificates for head discharge, speed and power input.
17.9
ELECTRIC MOTORS
‘Type-test’ Certificates. For motors of 40 kW output and above, routine individual test
certificates shall also be submitted.
17.10
STARTERS AND CONTROL GEAR
Type-test Certificates. For control panels as a whole, routine (individual) high voltage test.
17.11
FACTORY HYDROSTATIC OR PRESSURE TESTS
a). Each of the following equipment shall be individually tested to at least1.5 times of the
maximum anticipated system working pressure.
1.
Pumps
b). Switchboard and Electrical Equipment
All ‘Type-test’ certificates as specified in the Electrical Section of this general
Specification shall be submitted.
17.12
STATUTORY AUTHORITIES TEST AND INSPECTION
As and when notified in writing or instructed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit
shop drawings and attend all tests and inspections carried out by Local Fire Authority, Water
Authority and other Statutory Authorities, and shall forthwith execute free of charge any
rectification work ordered by the Engineer as a result of such tests and inspections which
determine non-compliance with Statutory Regulation. Some of these tests may take place
after the issue of Practical Completion of the Main Contract and the Contractor shall make all
allowances in this respect.
The submission shall comply with the requirements set forth in the current Codes of Practice
and circular letters of the Statutory Authorities. The shop drawings to be submitted shall be
forwarded to the Engineer for checking before submission.
The Contractor shall ensure that his submission shall not delay the subsequent Local Fire
Department's inspection and test, otherwise he shall be fully responsible for any
consequence due to his delay.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 169
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
The Contractor shall allow for at least two Fire Authority Submissions of complete sets of
shop drawings, one to be made within three months after the award of the Contract and shall
not be less than six weeks before the inspection. The Engineer may at his discretion instruct
the Contractor for additional submissions to Fire Department whenever necessary.
The Contractor shall notify the engineer at least seven days in advance of his application for
local Fire Authority tests and inspections. On receipt of a confirmed date for test and
inspection the Contractor shall inform the Engineer without delay.
17.13
PRELIMINARY COMMISSIONING CHECKS
Ensure that all equipment is thoroughly cleaned, lubricated and checked for serviceability
before setting to work. Particular attention is drawn to the removal of building debris from the
pipework systems.
Special attention is drawn to the need for thoroughly flushing out all pipework systems to
ensure that all foreign matter is removed.
All automatic controls and safety devices shall be inspected and checked for serviceability
before the working fluid or electricity is applied to the system.
17.14
COMMISSIONING
When the various installations have been completed and the preliminary commissioning
checks carried out, the Contractor shall set to work, regulate and calibrate all system in the
entire installation. Special attention shall be paid to the following items:
That all valves, switches, controls, etc. are regulated and capable of proper operation and in
the case of isolation valves that they are capable of tight shut off.
That all apparatus is silent in accordance with the requirements of this Specification.
That all instruments are correctly calibrated and read accurately.
That all services are tested in accordance with the details in the relevant clauses of this
Specification.
Operate pumps, pressure reducing sets, etc. to ensure that all control systems are
functioning correctly and are properly set, sequenced or interlocked.
17.15
FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS
Following commissioning of the entire installation, and prior to issue of the Completion
Certificate. The Contractor shall carry out final acceptance tests in accordance with a
programme to be agreed with the Engineer.
Should the results of the acceptance tests show that plant, systems and/or equipment fail to
perform to the efficiencies or other performance figures as given in this Specification, the
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 170
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
Contractor shall adjust, modify and if necessary replace the equipment without further
payment in order that the required performance is obtained.
Where acceptance tests are required by the relevant Authorities having jurisdiction, these
tests shall be carried out by the Contractor prior to the issue of Completion Certificate to the
acceptance of the Authorities.
17.16
REJECTION OF PLANT
Any item of plant or system or component which fails to comply with the requirements of this
Specification in any respect whatsoever at any stage of manufacture, test, erection or on
completion at site may be rejected by the Engineer either in whole or in part as he considers
necessary/appropriate. Adjustment and/or modification work as required by the Engineer so
as to comply the Authority's requirement and the intent of the specification shall be carried
out by the Contractor at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the Authority/Engineer.
After works have been accepted, the Contractor may be required to carry out or assist in
carrying out additional performance tests as reasonably required by the Engineer.
17.17
WARRANTY AND HANDOVER
The Contractor shall warrant that all plant, materials and equipment supplied and all
workmanship performed by him to be free from defects of whatsoever nature before
handover.
The Contractor/Contractor shall obtain all guarantees specified in the Specifications on
formats approved by the Owner Representative covering the workmanship and materials for
the period stipulated. The original guarantee shall be forwarded to the Owner Representative
within the time state in the Contract document.
17.18
SPARE PARTS
a). Contractor shall keep sufficient spare parts during the Defects Liability Period to ensure
that replacement work for defects can be carried out immediately.
b). All spare parts and consumable materials for the proper maintenance of the entire sub
contract works during the maintenance period shall be provided by the contractor.
c). Prior to the end of the Maintenance Period, the Contractor shall submit a schedule of
recommended spare parts (including those recommended by the equipment
manufactures) with the respective current price lists indicated.
d). Exact quantities of all spare parts and consumable material used during the entire
Maintenance Period shall be properly recorded and handed over to the Employer before
the end of the Maintenance Period prior to the release of the Retention Monies.
e). The Contractor shall, prior to the release of the Retention Monies, hand over to the
Employer free of charge the total quantity of spare parts and consumable material used
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 171
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
during the last six (6) months of the Maintenance Period. These spare parts and
consumable materials shall be over and above those specified in the other sections of
the Specification.
f). In addition to the spare parts specified elsewhere in the contract documents, the
following spare parts shall be provided and handed over to the owner six months before
the completion of the Maintenance Period or Defects Liability Period.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
17.19
Item
Indicating lamps
Fuse cartridges for each Rating of TP Fuse
Switch or Switch Fuse
Nozzle
Sprinkler head
Hose (40mm diameter)
Hose (65mm diameter)
Consumable Materials
Pressure Gauge
Motorised Actuator
Motor Starter Contactor
Pressure Sensor
BMS Control Module
Quantity
All colour and sizes used
3 nos. of each
4
30 each installed type
2
2
Sufficient for six (6) month Operation
2
1 set of each installed size & type
10 pcs. Of each installed type
5 pcs. Of each installed type
5 sets of each module type
TRAINING
At the time of completion allot a period of not less than three working days for instructing
operating and maintenance personnel in the use of all systems. All personnel shall be
instructed at one time, the contractor making all necessary arrangements with the
manufacturer’s representatives to provide instruction, product literature and application
guides for the user’s reference.
17.20
MAINTENANCE PERIOD
Free Operation: The Contractor shall include/allow for operation of all equipment and plant
on behalf of the Owner (24hrs basis) for a period of six (6) months after the commissioning of
the equipment/systems. The commencement of the “Free Operation” period will be directed
by Project Manager.
(Defects Liability Period shall also mean Maintenance Period)
a. During the Maintenance Period, the Contractor shall provide a 24 hour “call-out” service
to repair any equipment.
b. Immediately answering the breakdown calls, the Contractor shall attend to such calls
within a maximum time limit of 2 hours during night and 1 hour during daytime of
receiving such calls.
c. During the Maintenance period, the Contractor shall at his own cost remedy and make
good with all faults or defects in the Works, which in the opinion of other
Architect/Engineer, is due to faulty materials, workmanship or design. The Contractor
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 172
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
shall indemnify the employer and/or the Main Contractor against any damage or injury to
the Building contents and/or occupants arising from such faults or defects.
d. If the Contractor fails to remedy such faults or defects within a reasonable time, the
owner may proceed to do so at the expense of the contractor and without prejudice to
such other right as the Employer may have under the Contract.
e. The Contractor shall also refer to other requirements in the relevant clauses of the Main
contract.
The Contractor/Contractor shall keep spare parts for maintenance and fault rectification
throughout the maintenance duration to minimize system down-time.
17.21
The Contractor/Contractor shall provide warranty for the rectification work and replace parts
.
COMPREHENSIVE MAINTENANCE DURING MAINTENANCE PERIOD
a. The Contract shall include free comprehensive maintenance of all Works during the
Maintenance Period.
b. During the maintenance Period, the Contractor shall provide, without charge, labour and
materials for the comprehensive maintenance required to properly maintain and operate
all Works installed, and for the provision of twenty-four (24) hour ‘call-out’ service
whereby at any time of the day or night, the Contractor shall dispatch skilled men to
attend to defective equipment.
c.
The maintenance works shall include, but not be limited to the following:
I)
Maintain the entire Works included in this Contract, taking into account the
Employer’s operational requirement
II) Replace or repair all components of equipment as necessary to maintain the
installation in good working conditions.
III) Maintain a log book for all maintenance, repair, replacements and inspection that
has been carried out. The log book shall be properly kept and made available for
inspection by the employer
IV) Regular comprehensive maintenance keeping all installation in a first class
operating condition
V) Regular inspection of the installation. Any parts required to be replaced during these
inspections, and during the entire maintenance Period shall be supplied and
installed at the Contractor’s expense.
d. The servicing and maintenance works shall also be in accordance with the requirements
stipulated by all the by-laws, rules, regulations and requirements of the local Authorities.
e. The Contract shall include the service of an appropriate Licensed Electrical
Engineer/Authorized Switching Engineer to take change of all the electrical installation
for licensing purposes, and payments of licensing fees, etc. during the Maintenance
Period. The Licensed Electrical/Authorized Switching Engineer shall also attend all
breakdown or emergency calls required by the Employer.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 173
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
17.22
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL
a. The Operation and Maintenance Instruction manual shall be in A4 size paper and be
bound in rigid covers covered and engraved with lettering giving the Owner’s name,
project name, Contractor, Architect’s name and the Engineer’s name.
b. Final draft manuals must be submitted for the Consultant/PM review before Completion
Certificate is issued. After acceptance by the Consultant/PM, the Contractor shall submit
five (5) sets and soft copy of the manual for record before completion certificate is
issued.
c.
In general, each manual shall consist, but not limited to the following section:
1). General
This section shall include the purpose of the manual and brief description of the
manual directory.
2). System Description
This section shall include the following as a minimum:
i)
Description of the overall system.
ii)
General operation of plant, starting up and shutting down procedures,location of
each equipment, normal and emergency operation of system/equipment, control
settings and tolerances.
iii) Size and capacity of all the major equipment and components of the system.
iv) The proposal initial setting of protective devices and other adjustable
components of the system. Space shall be reserved for the insertion of final
commissioned and accepted settings.
v) Normal sequence of equipment and plant operation and alternative sequence to
maintain operation of part of the total facilities during abnormal circumstances.
3). Technical Specification
This section shall include the technical descriptions and functions of all
and components and shall generally include:
equipment
i)
Schedules of equipment showing quantities, locations, types, operating duties.
ii)
Technical description of all systems and equipment, including circuit diagrams of
each printed circuit board and component layout diagram for each printed circuit
board installed for this project.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 174
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
iii) Wiring diagrams
iv) Manufacturer’s drawings
v) Equipment list, stating the make, model, serial number, accepted settings (after
commissioning).
vi) Catalogues, certificates and performance data sheets for all equipment.
i.
Maintenance
This section shall include the required operating and maintenance procedures of
all the equipment. This shall include the following as a minimum:1.
2.
3.
4.
Inspection manual for all system/equipment;
Operation manual for all system/equipment;
Procedure of changing components of equipment regular replacement;
Maintenance instructions, calibration procedures and fault finding
instructions for all systems;
5. Precautions when carrying out operation and maintenance procedures;
6. Storage and inventory systems; and
7. Procedures for system fault finding.
ii.
Safety
This section shall include the following as a minimum:1. Proper procedure of equipment operation;
2. General description of plant hazards, where appropriate, including the
following :a). Protection against electrical hazards;
b). Protection against mechanical and physical hazards;
c). Protection against fire and explosion hazards;
d). Protection against chemical hazards;
f). Protection during fuel and chemical handling; and
g). First aid and accident reporting
iii. Directory of supplies
This section shall list the name of suppliers and agents of each type of
equipment, materials and accessories. Correspondence address, telephone
number, fax number, pager number, and Email address shall be included.
iv. List of Spares
This section shall list of all the spares, consumable materials, and maintenance
tools that will be maintained and kept to ensure continued satisfactory operation
of the equipment and systems.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 175
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
v.
Organisation of Maintenance Team
This section shall include detailed organization of the Maintenance team
deployed for the maintenance Period with names and CV’s, of all key staff.
Contact telephone or pager numbers for emergency and/or twenty-four (24)
hour call shall also be included.
vi. List of As-Built Drawings
This section shall contain a full list of all “ as-built” and “as-manufactured”
drawings.
17.23
ADJUSTMENTS DURING MAINTENANCE PERIOD
a). The Contractor shall carry out at his expense all necessary retests and adjustments to the
plant and equipment to attain the specified performance and conditions of operation prior
to the completion of the Maintenance Period.
b). These adjustments need to be made while the building is occupied. The Contractor shall,
without any extra cost, carry out these adjustments at the convenience of the Employer
and outside normal working hours, if necessary.
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 176
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
18.0
REFERENCE MANUFACTURERS
Tenders shall give the brand name/model of each item listed below. Catalogues and
technical literature shall also be submitted together with any illustrations or drawings
necessary to fully describe the offer.
The below lists of manufacturers are for reference only do not restrict the contractor to
propose a different brand. We are open to approve equivalent materials based on their
compliance to technical requirements.
The approval or otherwise of the technical data given shall in no way be deemed to relieve
the sub-contractor of any of his obligations under Sub-contract.
PT. MEINHARDT INDONESIA
NO
I.
MATERIAL /
COMPONENT
MANUFACTURER/
BRAND NAME
1.
PLUMBING AND
SANITARY
Plumbing Pumps
(complete with local
panel)
2.
Butterfly Valve
AFA, Fivalco,
Hattersley, Tyco
3.
Gate valve and/orball
valve not exceeding 65
mm diameter (brass body)
AFA, Fivalco,
Hattersley, Tyco
4.
Gate valve exceeding 65
mm diameter (body :
ductile/Cast Iron)
AFA, Fivalco,
Hattersley, Tyco
5.
Check valve not
exceeding 65 mm
diameter (bronze) (wafer
type )
AFA, Fivalco,
Hattersley, Tyco
6.
Check valve exceeding 65
mm diameter (C.I.) Wafer
type
AFA, Fivalco,
Hattersley, Tyco
7.
Globe Valve
AFA, Fivalco,
CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTU
RER/ BRAND
NAME
COUNTRY
OF
MANUFACTU
RE
Wilo (ASME),
Xylem, Grundfoss
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 177
NOTE
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
PT. MEINHARDT INDONESIA
MATERIAL /
COMPONENT
NO
MANUFACTURER/
BRAND NAME
CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTU
RER/ BRAND
NAME
COUNTRY
OF
MANUFACTU
RE
Hattersley, Tyco
8.
Strainer
AFA, Fivalco,
Hattersley, Tyco
9.
Float valve - pilot type
(with double floater)
KKK, Socla, AFA
10. PRV
KKK, Bayard, Claval
11. Anti return & Lockable
Valve
Onda, Tyco
12. Water level controller
(floatless type)
Omron,
Telemecanique
13.
Rheem, Boyle,
Thermor, Ariston,
Handal
Storage Water Heater
(N/A)
14. Cable,
Kabelmetal,
Kabelindo, Supreme
15. Junction box
MK, Panasonic
16. Copper pipe B88 Type L
Wolverine,
Streamline Mueller
17. Cast iron pipe (Fittings, Ptraps)(shall Green
Building Certificate with
minimum 3 ticks)
Duker, PAM
GLOBAL, AFA CIP
18. Pressure gauge
AFA, Wise, Nagano
19. Flexible joint
AFA, Tozen,
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 178
NOTE
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
PT. MEINHARDT INDONESIA
NO
MATERIAL /
COMPONENT
MANUFACTURER/
BRAND NAME
CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTU
RER/ BRAND
NAME
COUNTRY
OF
MANUFACTU
RE
Muraflex
20. Sediment Filter/Sand
Removal
BWT, UM Filter,
Citech
21. Carbon Filter
BWT, UM Filter,
Citech
22. FRP Tank / Profil Tank
(c/w H: 500mm) beam
support
I-Tank, induro,
Biohome, Biodetox
23. Water Hammer Eliminator
KKK, Tozen, Sionx
24. Water Hammer Arrester
(mini WHA in toilet Units)
NSV, KKK, Sionx,
klase
25. Membrane filter package
(Ultra Filter 0.05Micron)
N/A
FWA, GE
26. Air Vent Valve
AFA, Yoshitake,
Samyang, Claval
27. Water Leak Detection
System
TTK,Tracetex/
Raychem, Aqualeak,
Hydrosense
28. Pipe Isolation
Isopipe, Insulflex,
Armaflex,
Thermbreak, K-Flex
29. Digital Water Meter (shall
be connected to BMS)
Itron, Siemens,
Saitec
30. Manual Water Meter
(vertical type) N/A
Itron, Siemens,
Saitec
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 179
NOTE
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
PT. MEINHARDT INDONESIA
NO
MATERIAL /
COMPONENT
MANUFACTURER/
BRAND NAME
31. Noise Vibration Control :
Floor mounting, Spring
Isolator, Hanger (pipe
Hanger)
Kinetec, Mason, NSV
32. Multi inlet (P-trap)
Austindo, Kharisma,
AFA CIP
33. Special Floor Drain (for
Unit bath room)
Viega, Valsir (T58
type), Toto
34. Pharmaceutical Floor
Drain (corridor floor drain,
corridor data hall, atc)
Austindo, Antasan,
Kharisma, BMM
35. Scooper Drain (balcony
drain and atc)
Austindo, Antasan,
Kharisma, BMM
36. Roof Drain
Austindo, Antasan,
Kharisma, BMM
37. Manual Grease Trap
(below kitchen sink)
Austindo, Antasan,
Kharisma, BMM
38. Grease Trap(GT)
Austindo, Kharisma,
Biohome, Biodetox,
BMM
CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTU
RER/ BRAND
NAME
COUNTRY
OF
MANUFACTU
RE
39.
40.
- Vibration mounting,
- Inertia base,
- NFC Flexible connector
pipe vibration
- Seismic Inertia base
NSV, Kinetec,
Tomahawk
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 180
NOTE
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
PT. MEINHARDT INDONESIA
NO
MATERIAL /
COMPONENT
MANUFACTURER/
BRAND NAME
41.
Sewage Treatment Plant
(STP)
ii
FIRE PROTECTION
1.
Fire pump (UL/FM)
Fairbank Morse,
Aurora, Xylem
2.
Jockey pump
Grundfos, Fairbank
Morse, Xylem
3.
Diesel for fire pump
(ULFM) c/w fuel tank
Clarke, Detroit,
Caterpilar
4.
Fire pump control panel
(UL/FM)
Metron, Firetroll,
Tornatech
5.
Hydrant pillar
Lingjack, Zeki,
Appron, Quick Fire
6.
Siamese connection (4
way breeching inlet)
Lingjack, Giacomini,
Appron, Quick Fire
7.
Indoor/Outdoor Hydrant
box c/w Hydrant hose,
nozzle, landing valve
Lingjack, Zeki,
Appron, Quick Fire
8.
Fire Extinguisher and
Thermatic Fire
extinguisher
Combat, Yamato,
Ansul, Servvo, Quick
Fire
9.
Clean Agent Fire
Extinguisher
Combat, Yamato,
Ansul, Servvo
10. Gate Valve OS&Y (UL)
Tyco, Viking,
Fivalco, Victaulic,
Reliable
CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTU
RER/ BRAND
NAME
COUNTRY
OF
MANUFACTU
RE
Biohome, Biodetox
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 181
NOTE
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
PT. MEINHARDT INDONESIA
NO
MATERIAL /
COMPONENT
MANUFACTURER/
BRAND NAME
11. Silent Check Valve
(Wafer Type)Class
10K/16K/ 25K ULFM
Tyco, Viking,
Fivalco, Victaulic,
Reliable
12. Strainer ULFM
Tyco, Viking,
Fivalco, Victaulic
13. Globe Valve Class 10K,
16K– 25K ULFM
Tyco, Viking,
Fivalco, Victaulic
14. Alarm Control Valve
(ULFM)
Tyco, Viking,
Fivalco, Victaulic
15. Branch Control Valve
C/W Temper Switch
(ULFM)
Tyco, Viking,
Fivalco, Victaulic
16. Sprinkler Head (ULFM)
Tyco, Viking,
Fivalco, Victaulic
17. Flow meter (for fire pump)
Gerand, Tyco, Claval
18. Metal flexible joint (for fire
pump)
AFA, Tozen,
Muraflex
19. Black Steel Pipe Sch 40 /
Galvanized Pipe sch 40
SPS, Bakri.
20. FITTING > 65mm (joint
coupling)
Victaulic, Shorjoint,
Tyco
21. Fitting > 65mm
Benkan,FKK,
Pantech
CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTU
RER/ BRAND
NAME
COUNTRY
OF
MANUFACTU
RE
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 182
NOTE
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
PT. MEINHARDT INDONESIA
NO
MATERIAL /
COMPONENT
MANUFACTURER/
BRAND NAME
22. FITTING ≤ 50 mm
TSP, Galunggung
23. PRV Full Port (UL)
Victaulic, Singer,
KKK
24. Individual PRAV for
Indoor Hydrant (Pressure
Restricting Angle Valve)
40mm & 65mm
Combat, Giacomini
25. Flow Switch ULFM
Tyco,Viking, Potter
26. Pressure Gauge
AFA, Wise, Fanal
27. Automatic Air Vent ULFM
Claval, Potter
28. Fire Stop
Hilti, Armachell,
Intumex, 3M,
Promat,
29. Fire Resistant Cable
SCM, Sigma, Draka,
Leony
30. Foot Valve
Ebara, Mizu
31. Test Drain Valve or ITV
Tyco, Viking,
Fivalco, Victaulic
32. Orifice bronze body
Tyco, Viking
33. Helipad protection system
(N/A)
Tyco, Viking.
34. Pressure Release Valve
(ULFM)
Claval, Tyco
CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTU
RER/ BRAND
NAME
COUNTRY
OF
MANUFACTU
RE
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 183
NOTE
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
PT. MEINHARDT INDONESIA
MATERIAL /
COMPONENT
NO
MANUFACTURER/
BRAND NAME
36
Seismic Breaching
Victaulic, ISAT,
HILTI, Cooper.
37
- Vibration mounting,
- Inertia base,
- NFC Flexible connector
pipe vibration,
- Seismic Inertia base
NSV, Kinetec,
Tomahawk
38
Pre-action set c/w caging
by costume
Victaulic,Tyco,
Viking
III
.
Extinguisher Gaseous
System
(Novec)
1
Cable Power
Kabel Metal Cable,
Kabelindo,
Supreme.
2
Conduit Pipe
Ega, Clipsal,
Double-H or
equivalent, osaka
3
Cylinder and Accessories
ULFM
Tyco Ansul/Hygood,
RG System, Siex,
Kidde
Tyco Ansul/Hygood,
RG System, Siex,
Kidde
-
-
Electrical Solenoid
Actuator UL & FM
With Supervisory
monitoring Per NFPA
2001 Y2015
Requirement
Manual Actuator UL &
FM With Supervisory
monitoring Per NFPA
2001 Y2015
Requirement
CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTU
RER/ BRAND
NAME
COUNTRY
OF
MANUFACTU
RE
Tyco Ansul/Hygood,
RG System, Siex,
Kidde
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 184
NOTE
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
PT. MEINHARDT INDONESIA
MATERIAL /
COMPONENT
NO
-
-
-
Pneumatic Actuator
UL & FM With
Supervisory
monitoring Per NFPA
2001 Y2015
Requirement
Discharge Pressure
Switch ULFM
Discharge Hose
ULFM
MANUFACTURER/
BRAND NAME
CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTU
RER/ BRAND
NAME
COUNTRY
OF
MANUFACTU
RE
Tyco Ansul/Hygood,
RG System, Siex,
Kidde
Tyco Ansul/Hygood,
RG System, Siex,
Kidde
Tyco Ansul/Hygood,
RG System, Siex,
Kidde
4
Clean Agent Gas UL FM
Approval
Tyco Ansul/Hygood,
RG System, Siex,
Kidde
5
Discharge Silent Nozzle
(acoustioc Nozzle) <110
dB UL FM
Tyco Ansul/Hygood,
RG System, Siex,
Kidde
6
Intelligent Releasing
Control Panel Cap. 1
Loop Up To 10 Releasing
Control ULFM
Simplex, Notifier,
Fike, Kidde
7
Intelligent VIEW laser
Smoke Detector ULFM
Simplex, Notifier,
Fike, Kidde
8
Intelligent Photoelectric
Smoke Detector ULFM
Simplex, Notifier,
Fike, Kidde
9
Fire Alarm Bell & Alarm
Notification Device ULFM
Simplex, Tyco,
Kidde, Fike
10
Manual Release cw Abort
Swicth ULFM
Simplex, Notifier,
Fike, Kidde
11
Warning Sign Lamp
Apex or others
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 185
NOTE
BDx CGK3 – TBS2, Jakarta
Technical Specification – Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire Protection
PT. MEINHARDT INDONESIA
MATERIAL /
COMPONENT
NO
MANUFACTURER/
BRAND NAME
12
Control Cables
(FRC)
Leoni Betaflame, JJ
Lapp Cable, Pyrotec
13
Detectors Cables and
Risers
(FRC) min AWG 18
Shielded Twisted Pair
(STP)
Leoni Betaflame, JJ
Lapp Cable, Pyrotec
14.
Seamless Pipe Sch 80
API-5L, JIS, ASTM
Suma, Nippon Steel,
Sumitomo
15
Fitting class 3000
FKK, TSP Suma
16
Aspirating Smoke
Detection (ASD)
Securiton, Xtralis,
HSSD
V.
LI-ION TAMER System
1.
Li-Ion Tamer
•
•
CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTU
RER/ BRAND
NAME
COUNTRY
OF
MANUFACTU
RE
NOTE
Xtralis, Ansul
all material submittal shall comply with specifications and standard even brand name specified.
Notes for Suppression System :- Bidders should be authorized by Gas systems manufacturer to participate in bidding of this
project. Official document to be provided.
- Maximum fill quantity per agent cylinder should not exceed 150kgs (due to limitation in lifting
equipment)
- Filling Pressure of all cylinders cannot exceed 60bars.
- Cylinders should be seamless without welding(eliminate possibility of leaking at welded joints)
\\192.168.0.234\current_data\Job122\122535 - BDx CGK3 Brown & Green Field\E4\11. Technical Specification\Technical Specification - Plumbing, Sanitary & Fire
Protection ( Joko ) R1.doc
July 2024
Page 186